[go: up one dir, main page]
More Web Proxy on the site http://driver.im/

US20200029340A1 - Method and apparatus for nr v2x resource selection - Google Patents

Method and apparatus for nr v2x resource selection Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20200029340A1
US20200029340A1 US16/514,880 US201916514880A US2020029340A1 US 20200029340 A1 US20200029340 A1 US 20200029340A1 US 201916514880 A US201916514880 A US 201916514880A US 2020029340 A1 US2020029340 A1 US 2020029340A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
resources
resource
pscch
traffic
pssch
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US16/514,880
Inventor
Chao He
Aris Papasakellariou
Li Guo
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Samsung Electronics Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Samsung Electronics Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Samsung Electronics Co Ltd filed Critical Samsung Electronics Co Ltd
Priority to US16/514,880 priority Critical patent/US20200029340A1/en
Assigned to SAMSUNG ELECTRONICS CO., LTD reassignment SAMSUNG ELECTRONICS CO., LTD ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: GUO, LI, HE, CHAO, PAPASAKELLARIOU, ARIS
Priority to KR1020217004920A priority patent/KR20210024197A/en
Priority to EP19838858.9A priority patent/EP3818758A4/en
Priority to PCT/KR2019/008998 priority patent/WO2020017939A1/en
Publication of US20200029340A1 publication Critical patent/US20200029340A1/en
Priority to US17/304,008 priority patent/US12089247B2/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/20Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/25Control channels or signalling for resource management between terminals via a wireless link, e.g. sidelink
    • H04W72/10
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/50Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources
    • H04W72/56Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on priority criteria
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/30Services specially adapted for particular environments, situations or purposes
    • H04W4/40Services specially adapted for particular environments, situations or purposes for vehicles, e.g. vehicle-to-pedestrians [V2P]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W28/00Network traffic management; Network resource management
    • H04W28/16Central resource management; Negotiation of resources or communication parameters, e.g. negotiating bandwidth or QoS [Quality of Service]
    • H04W28/26Resource reservation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/02Selection of wireless resources by user or terminal
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0446Resources in time domain, e.g. slots or frames
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0453Resources in frequency domain, e.g. a carrier in FDMA
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/12Wireless traffic scheduling
    • H04W72/1263Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/40Resource management for direct mode communication, e.g. D2D or sidelink
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/50Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources
    • H04W72/54Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on quality criteria
    • H04W72/542Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on quality criteria using measured or perceived quality
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/50Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources
    • H04W72/56Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on priority criteria
    • H04W72/566Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on priority criteria of the information or information source or recipient
    • H04W72/569Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on priority criteria of the information or information source or recipient of the traffic information
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/10Connection setup
    • H04W76/14Direct-mode setup
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/24Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field for communication between two or more posts
    • H04B7/26Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field for communication between two or more posts at least one of which is mobile
    • H04B7/2615Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field for communication between two or more posts at least one of which is mobile using hybrid frequency-time division multiple access [FDMA-TDMA]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0091Signaling for the administration of the divided path
    • H04L5/0094Indication of how sub-channels of the path are allocated
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/41Structure of client; Structure of client peripherals
    • H04N21/426Internal components of the client ; Characteristics thereof
    • H04N21/42676Internal components of the client ; Characteristics thereof for modulating an analogue carrier signal to encode digital information or demodulating it to decode digital information, e.g. ADSL or cable modem
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W84/00Network topologies
    • H04W84/02Hierarchically pre-organised networks, e.g. paging networks, cellular networks, WLAN [Wireless Local Area Network] or WLL [Wireless Local Loop]
    • H04W84/04Large scale networks; Deep hierarchical networks
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W92/00Interfaces specially adapted for wireless communication networks
    • H04W92/16Interfaces between hierarchically similar devices
    • H04W92/18Interfaces between hierarchically similar devices between terminal devices

Definitions

  • the present application relates generally to wireless communication systems, more specifically, the present disclosure relates to NR V2X resource selection.
  • a communication system includes a downlink (DL) that conveys signals from transmission points such as base stations (BSs) or NodeBs to user equipments (UEs) and an uplink (UL) that conveys signals from UEs to reception points such as NodeBs. Additionally a sidelink (SL) may convey signals from UEs to other UEs or other non-infrastructure based nodes.
  • DL downlink
  • UE user equipment
  • UL uplink
  • SL sidelink
  • a UE also commonly referred to as a terminal or a mobile station, may be fixed or mobile and may be a cellular phone, a personal computer device, etc.
  • a NodeB which is generally a fixed station, may also be referred to as an access point or other equivalent terminology such as eNodeB.
  • the access network including the NodeB as related to 3GPP LTE is called as E-UTRAN (Evolved Universal Terrestrial Access Network).
  • the present disclosure relates to a pre-5th-Generation or 5G communication system to be provided for supporting vehicle to vehicle communication.
  • Embodiments of the present disclosure provide transmission structures and format in advanced communication systems.
  • a first user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system comprises a transceiver configured to receive, from a second UE via a sidelink, signals including information to select resources for at least one of aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic.
  • the first UE further comprises a processor operably connected to the transceiver, the processor configured to: decode sidelink control information (SCI) from the information included in the signals; perform, over a sensing window, a signal measurement of the received signals; identify a resource selection window based on a latency requirement; and reserve the resources for the at least one of aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic in a frequency domain and a time domain based on the decoded SCI and a result of the signal measurement, the resources being identified within a resource selection window.
  • the UE further comprises the transceiver configured to transmit, to the second UE via the sidelink, the at least one of aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic using the reserved resources.
  • a second user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system comprises a transceiver configured to: transmit, to a first UE via a sidelink, signals including information to select resources for at least one of aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic, receive, from the first UE, the at least one of aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic using resources, wherein: sidelink control information (SCI) from the information included in the signals is decoded, a signal measurement of the transmitted signals, over a sensing window, is performed, a resource selection window is identified based on a latency requirement, and the resources are reserved for the at least one of aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic in a frequency domain and a time domain based on the decoded SCI and a result of the signal measurement, the resources being identified within a resource selection window.
  • SCI sidelink control information
  • a method of a first user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system comprises: receiving, from a second UE via a sidelink, signals including information to select resources for at least one of aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic; decoding sidelink control information (SCI) from the information included in the signals, performing, over a sensing window, a signal measurement of the received signals; identifying a resource selection window based on a latency requirement; reserving the resources in for the at least one of aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic in a frequency domain and a time domain based on the decoded SCI and a result of the signal measurement, the resources being identified within a resource selection window; and transmitting, to the second UE via the sidelink, the at least one of aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic using the reserved resources.
  • SCI sidelink control information
  • Couple and its derivatives refer to any direct or indirect communication between two or more elements, whether or not those elements are in physical contact with one another.
  • transmit and “communicate,” as well as derivatives thereof, encompass both direct and indirect communication.
  • the term “or” is inclusive, meaning and/or.
  • controller means any device, system or part thereof that controls at least one operation. Such a controller may be implemented in hardware or a combination of hardware and software and/or firmware. The functionality associated with any particular controller may be centralized or distributed, whether locally or remotely.
  • phrases “at least one of,” when used with a list of items, means that different combinations of one or more of the listed items may be used, and only one item in the list may be needed.
  • “at least one of: A, B, and C” includes any of the following combinations: A, B, C, A and B, A and C, B and C, and A and B and C.
  • various functions described below can be implemented or supported by one or more computer programs, each of which is formed from computer readable program code and embodied in a computer readable medium.
  • application and “program” refer to one or more computer programs, software components, sets of instructions, procedures, functions, objects, classes, instances, related data, or a portion thereof adapted for implementation in a suitable computer readable program code.
  • computer readable program code includes any type of computer code, including source code, object code, and executable code.
  • computer readable medium includes any type of medium capable of being accessed by a computer, such as read only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), a hard disk drive, a compact disc (CD), a digital video disc (DVD), or any other type of memory.
  • ROM read only memory
  • RAM random access memory
  • CD compact disc
  • DVD digital video disc
  • a “non-transitory” computer readable medium excludes wired, wireless, optical, or other communication links that transport transitory electrical or other signals.
  • a non-transitory computer readable medium includes media where data can be permanently stored and media where data can be stored and later overwritten, such as a rewritable optical disc or an erasable memory device.
  • FIG. 1 illustrates an example wireless network according to embodiments of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 2 illustrates an example gNB according to embodiments of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 3 illustrates an example UE according to embodiments of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 4 illustrates an example use case of a vehicle-centric communication network according to embodiments of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 5 illustrates an example SL interface according to embodiments of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 6 illustrates an example resource pool for PSCCH according to embodiments of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 7 illustrates an example RF chain according to embodiments of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 8 illustrates a flow chart of a method for DL LAA SCell Cat 4 LBT procedure according to embodiments of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 9A illustrates an example preemption indication according to embodiments of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 9B illustrates another example preemption indication according to embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 10 illustrates an example resource pool according to embodiments of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 11 illustrates an example sensing procedure according to embodiments of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 12 illustrates an example LBT procedure according to embodiments of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 13 illustrates another example LBT procedure according to embodiments of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 14 illustrates an example resource selection according to embodiments of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 15 illustrates another example resource selection according to embodiments of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 16 illustrates an example OFDM symbols for PSCCH according to embodiments of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 17 illustrates another example OFDM symbols for PSCCH according to embodiments of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 18 illustrates yet another example OFDM symbols for PSCCH according to embodiments of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 19 illustrates yet another example OFDM symbols for PSCCH according to embodiments of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 20 illustrates yet another example OFDM symbols for PSCCH according to embodiments of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 21 illustrates yet another example OFDM symbols for PSCCH according to embodiments of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 22 illustrates a flowchart of a method for resource allocation procedures according to embodiments of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 23 illustrates another flowchart of a method for resource allocation procedures according to embodiments of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 24 illustrates an example frequency resource allocation according to embodiments of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 25 illustrates an example frequency and time resource allocation according to embodiments of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 26 illustrates another example frequency and time resource allocation according to embodiments of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 27 illustrates yet another example frequency and time resource allocation according to embodiments of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 28 illustrates yet another example frequency and time resource allocation according to embodiments of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 29 illustrates yet another example frequency and time resource allocation according to embodiments of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 30 illustrates yet another example frequency and time resource allocation according to embodiments of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 31 illustrates yet another example frequency and time resource allocation according to embodiments of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 32 illustrates yet another example frequency and time resource allocation according to embodiments of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 33 illustrates yet another example frequency and time resource allocation according to embodiments of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 34 illustrates yet another example frequency and time resource allocation according to embodiments of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 35 illustrates yet another example frequency and time resource allocation according to embodiments of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 36 illustrates an example PSFCH format according to embodiments of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 37 illustrates another example PSFCH format according to embodiments of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 38 illustrates yet another example PSFCH format according to embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 39 illustrates a flowchart of a method for resource selection according to embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 1 through FIG. 39 discussed below, and the various embodiments used to describe the principles of the present disclosure in this patent document are by way of illustration only and should not be construed in any way to limit the scope of the disclosure. Those skilled in the art will understand that the principles of the present disclosure may be implemented in any suitably arranged system or device.
  • 3GPP TS 38.913 v14.3.0 “Study on Scenarios and Requirements for Next Generation Access Technologies;” 3GPP TR 22.886 v15.1.0, “Study on enhancement of 3GPP Support for 5G V2X Services;” ETSI EN 301 893, Harmonized European Standard, “Broadband Radio Access Networks (BRAN); 5 GHz high performance RLAN;” 3GPP TR 36.889 v13.0.0, “Study on Licensed-Assisted Access to Unlicensed Spectrum;” and 3GPP TS 38.300 v15.4.0, “NR and NG-RAN Overall Description.”
  • FIGS. 1-3 describe various embodiments implemented in wireless communications systems and with the use of orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) or orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) communication techniques.
  • OFDM orthogonal frequency division multiplexing
  • OFDMA orthogonal frequency division multiple access
  • FIG. 1 illustrates an example wireless network according to embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the embodiment of the wireless network shown in FIG. 1 is for illustration only. Other embodiments of the wireless network 100 could be used without departing from the scope of the present disclosure.
  • the wireless network includes a gNB 101 , a gNB 102 , and a gNB 103 .
  • the gNB 101 communicates with the gNB 102 and the gNB 103 .
  • the gNB 101 also communicates with at least one network 130 , such as the Internet, a proprietary Internet Protocol (IP) network, or other data network.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • the gNB 102 provides wireless broadband access to the network 130 for a first plurality of user equipments (UEs) within a coverage area 120 of the gNB 102 .
  • the first plurality of UEs includes a UE 111 , which may be located in a small business (SB); a UE 112 , which may be located in an enterprise (E); a UE 113 , which may be located in a WiFi hotspot (HS); a UE 114 , which may be located in a first residence (R); a UE 115 , which may be located in a second residence (R); and a UE 116 , which may be a mobile device (M), such as a cell phone, a wireless laptop, a wireless PDA, or the like.
  • M mobile device
  • the gNB 103 provides wireless broadband access to the network 130 for a second plurality of UEs within a coverage area 125 of the gNB 103 .
  • the second plurality of UEs includes the UE 115 and the UE 116 .
  • one or more of the gNBs 101 - 103 may communicate with each other and with the UEs 111 - 116 using 5G, LTE, LTE-A, WiMAX, WiFi, or other wireless communication techniques.
  • the term “base station” or “BS” can refer to any component (or collection of components) configured to provide wireless access to a network, such as transmit point (TP), transmit-receive point (TRP), an enhanced base station (eNodeB or eNB), a 5G base station (gNB), a macrocell, a femtocell, a WiFi access point (AP), or other wirelessly enabled devices.
  • Base stations may provide wireless access in accordance with one or more wireless communication protocols, e.g., 5G 3GPP new radio interface/access (NR), long term evolution (LTE), LTE advanced (LTE-A), high speed packet access (HSPA), Wi-Fi 802.11a/b/g/n/ac, etc.
  • 5G 3GPP new radio interface/access NR
  • LTE long term evolution
  • LTE-A LTE advanced
  • HSPA high speed packet access
  • Wi-Fi 802.11a/b/g/n/ac etc.
  • the terms “BS” and “TRP” are used interchangeably in this patent document to refer to network infrastructure components that provide wireless access to remote terminals.
  • the term “user equipment” or “UE” can refer to any component such as “mobile station,” “subscriber station,” “remote terminal,” “wireless terminal,” “receive point,” or “user device.”
  • the terms “user equipment” and “UE” are used in this patent document to refer to remote wireless equipment that wirelessly accesses a BS, whether the UE is a mobile device (such as a mobile telephone or smartphone) or is normally considered a stationary device (such as a desktop computer or vending machine).
  • Dotted lines show the approximate extents of the coverage areas 120 and 125 , which are shown as approximately circular for the purposes of illustration and explanation only. It should be clearly understood that the coverage areas associated with gNBs, such as the coverage areas 120 and 125 , may have other shapes, including irregular shapes, depending upon the configuration of the gNBs and variations in the radio environment associated with natural and man-made obstructions.
  • one or more of the UEs 111 - 116 include circuitry, programing, or a combination thereof, for reception reliability for data and control information in an advanced wireless communication system.
  • one or more of the gNBs 101 - 103 includes circuitry, programing, or a combination thereof, for efficient resource selection in vehicle to vehicle communication.
  • FIG. 1 illustrates one example of a wireless network
  • the wireless network could include any number of gNBs and any number of UEs in any suitable arrangement.
  • the gNB 101 could communicate directly with any number of UEs and provide those UEs with wireless broadband access to the network 130 .
  • each gNB 102 - 103 could communicate directly with the network 130 and provide UEs with direct wireless broadband access to the network 130 .
  • the gNBs 101 , 102 , and/or 103 could provide access to other or additional external networks, such as external telephone networks or other types of data networks.
  • FIG. 2 illustrates an example gNB 102 according to embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the embodiment of the gNB 102 illustrated in FIG. 2 is for illustration only, and the gNBs 101 and 103 of FIG. 1 could have the same or similar configuration.
  • gNBs come in a wide variety of configurations, and FIG. 2 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation of a gNB.
  • the gNB 102 includes multiple antennas 205 a - 205 n, multiple RF transceivers 210 a - 210 n, transmit (TX) processing circuitry 215 , and receive (RX) processing circuitry 220 .
  • the gNB 102 also includes a controller/processor 225 , a memory 230 , and a backhaul or network interface 235 .
  • the RF transceivers 210 a - 210 n receive, from the antennas 205 a - 205 n, incoming RF signals, such as signals transmitted by UEs in the network 100 .
  • the RF transceivers 210 a - 210 n down-convert the incoming RF signals to generate IF or baseband signals.
  • the IF or baseband signals are sent to the RX processing circuitry 220 , which generates processed baseband signals by filtering, decoding, and/or digitizing the baseband or IF signals.
  • the RX processing circuitry 220 transmits the processed baseband signals to the controller/processor 225 for further processing.
  • the TX processing circuitry 215 receives analog or digital data (such as voice data, web data, e-mail, or interactive video game data) from the controller/processor 225 .
  • the TX processing circuitry 215 encodes, multiplexes, and/or digitizes the outgoing baseband data to generate processed baseband or IF signals.
  • the RF transceivers 210 a - 210 n receive the outgoing processed baseband or IF signals from the TX processing circuitry 215 and up-converts the baseband or IF signals to RF signals that are transmitted via the antennas 205 a - 205 n.
  • the controller/processor 225 can include one or more processors or other processing devices that control the overall operation of the gNB 102 .
  • the controller/processor 225 could control the reception of forward channel signals and the transmission of reverse channel signals by the RF transceivers 210 a - 210 n, the RX processing circuitry 220 , and the TX processing circuitry 215 in accordance with well-known principles.
  • the controller/processor 225 could support additional functions as well, such as more advanced wireless communication functions.
  • the controller/processor 225 could support beam forming or directional routing operations in which outgoing signals from multiple antennas 205 a - 205 n are weighted differently to effectively steer the outgoing signals in a desired direction. Any of a wide variety of other functions could be supported in the gNB 102 by the controller/processor 225 .
  • the controller/processor 225 is also capable of executing programs and other processes resident in the memory 230 , such as an OS.
  • the controller/processor 225 can move data into or out of the memory 230 as required by an executing process.
  • the controller/processor 225 is also coupled to the backhaul or network interface 235 .
  • the backhaul or network interface 235 allows the gNB 102 to communicate with other devices or systems over a backhaul connection or over a network.
  • the interface 235 could support communications over any suitable wired or wireless connection(s). For example, when the gNB 102 is implemented as part of a cellular communication system (such as one supporting 5G, LTE, or LTE-A), the interface 235 could allow the gNB 102 to communicate with other gNBs over a wired or wireless backhaul connection.
  • the interface 235 could allow the gNB 102 to communicate over a wired or wireless local area network or over a wired or wireless connection to a larger network (such as the Internet).
  • the interface 235 includes any suitable structure supporting communications over a wired or wireless connection, such as an Ethernet or RF transceiver.
  • the memory 230 is coupled to the controller/processor 225 .
  • Part of the memory 230 could include a RAM, and another part of the memory 230 could include a Flash memory or other ROM.
  • FIG. 2 illustrates one example of gNB 102
  • the gNB 102 could include any number of each component shown in FIG. 2 .
  • an access point could include a number of interfaces 235
  • the controller/processor 225 could support routing functions to route data between different network addresses.
  • the gNB 102 while shown as including a single instance of TX processing circuitry 215 and a single instance of RX processing circuitry 220 , the gNB 102 could include multiple instances of each (such as one per RF transceiver).
  • various components in FIG. 2 could be combined, further subdivided, or omitted and additional components could be added according to particular needs.
  • FIG. 3 illustrates an example UE 116 according to embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the embodiment of the UE 116 illustrated in FIG. 3 is for illustration only, and the UEs 111 - 115 of FIG. 1 could have the same or similar configuration.
  • UEs come in a wide variety of configurations, and FIG. 3 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation of a UE.
  • the UE 116 includes an antenna 305 , a radio frequency (RF) transceiver 310 , TX processing circuitry 315 , a microphone 320 , and receive (RX) processing circuitry 325 .
  • the UE 116 also includes a speaker 330 , a processor 340 , an input/output (I/O) interface (IF) 345 , a touchscreen 350 , a display 355 , and a memory 360 .
  • the memory 360 includes an operating system (OS) 361 and one or more applications 362 .
  • OS operating system
  • applications 362 one or more applications
  • the RF transceiver 310 receives, from the antenna 305 , an incoming RF signal transmitted by a gNB of the network 100 .
  • the RF transceiver 310 down-converts the incoming RF signal to generate an intermediate frequency (IF) or baseband signal.
  • the IF or baseband signal is sent to the RX processing circuitry 325 , which generates a processed baseband signal by filtering, decoding, and/or digitizing the baseband or IF signal.
  • the RX processing circuitry 325 transmits the processed baseband signal to the speaker 330 (such as for voice data) or to the processor 340 for further processing (such as for web browsing data).
  • the TX processing circuitry 315 receives analog or digital voice data from the microphone 320 or other outgoing baseband data (such as web data, e-mail, or interactive video game data) from the processor 340 .
  • the TX processing circuitry 315 encodes, multiplexes, and/or digitizes the outgoing baseband data to generate a processed baseband or IF signal.
  • the RF transceiver 310 receives the outgoing processed baseband or IF signal from the TX processing circuitry 315 and up-converts the baseband or IF signal to an RF signal that is transmitted via the antenna 305 .
  • the processor 340 can include one or more processors or other processing devices and execute the OS 361 stored in the memory 360 in order to control the overall operation of the UE 116 .
  • the processor 340 could control the reception of forward channel signals and the transmission of reverse channel signals by the RF transceiver 310 , the RX processing circuitry 325 , and the TX processing circuitry 315 in accordance with well-known principles.
  • the processor 340 includes at least one microprocessor or microcontroller.
  • the processor 340 is also capable of executing other processes and programs resident in the memory 360 , such as processes for beam management.
  • the processor 340 can move data into or out of the memory 360 as required by an executing process.
  • the processor 340 is configured to execute the applications 362 based on the OS 361 or in response to signals received from gNBs or an operator.
  • the processor 340 is also coupled to the I/O interface 345 , which provides the UE 116 with the ability to connect to other devices, such as laptop computers and handheld computers.
  • the I/O interface 345 is the communication path between these accessories and the processor 340 .
  • the processor 340 is also coupled to the touchscreen 350 and the display 355 .
  • the operator of the UE 116 can use the touchscreen 350 to enter data into the UE 116 .
  • the display 355 may be a liquid crystal display, light emitting diode display, or other display capable of rendering text and/or at least limited graphics, such as from web sites.
  • the memory 360 is coupled to the processor 340 .
  • Part of the memory 360 could include a random access memory (RAM), and another part of the memory 360 could include a Flash memory or other read-only memory (ROM).
  • RAM random access memory
  • ROM read-only memory
  • FIG. 3 illustrates one example of UE 116
  • various changes may be made to FIG. 3 .
  • various components in FIG. 3 could be combined, further subdivided, or omitted and additional components could be added according to particular needs.
  • the processor 340 could be divided into multiple processors, such as one or more central processing units (CPUs) and one or more graphics processing units (GPUs).
  • FIG. 3 illustrates the UE 116 configured as a mobile telephone or smartphone, UEs could be configured to operate as other types of mobile or stationary devices.
  • a communication system includes a downlink (DL) that conveys signals from transmission points such as base stations (BSs) or NodeBs to user equipments (UEs) and an uplink (UL) that conveys signals from UEs to reception points such as NodeBs.
  • DL downlink
  • UEs user equipments
  • UL uplink
  • a sidelink may convey signals from UEs to other UEs or other non-infrastructure based nodes.
  • a UE also commonly referred to as a terminal or a mobile station, may be fixed or mobile and may be a cellular phone, a personal computer device, etc.
  • a NodeB which is generally a fixed station, may also be referred to as an access point or other equivalent terminology such as eNodeB.
  • the access network including the NodeB as related to 3GPP LTE is called as an evolved universal terrestrial access network (E-UTRAN).
  • E-UTRAN evolved universal terrestrial access network
  • DL signals can include data signals conveying information content, control signals conveying DL control information (DCI), and reference signals (RS) that are also known as pilot signals.
  • a NodeB transmits data information through a physical DL shared channel (PDSCH).
  • a NodeB transmits DCI through a physical DL control channel (PDCCH) or an enhanced PDCCH (EPDCCH).
  • PDSCH physical DL shared channel
  • PDCCH physical DL control channel
  • EPDCCH enhanced PDCCH
  • Messages are transmitted on the PDCCH using a cell radio network temporary identifier (C-RNTI) to identify the intended UE.
  • the C-RNTI is the RNTI to be used by a given UE while the UE is in a particular cell after the UE and a NodeB establish an RRC connection.
  • a NodeB transmits one or more of multiple types of RS including a UE-common RS (CRS), a channel state information RS (CSI-RS), or a demodulation RS (DMRS).
  • CRS is transmitted over a DL system bandwidth (BW) and can be used by UEs to obtain a channel estimate to demodulate data or control information or to perform measurements.
  • BW DL system bandwidth
  • a NodeB may transmit a CSI-RS with a smaller density in the time and/or frequency domain than a CRS.
  • CSI-RS can be transmitted only in the BW of a respective PDSCH or EPDCCH and a UE can use the DMRS to demodulate data or control information in a PDSCH or an EPDCCH, respectively.
  • a transmission time interval for DL channels is referred to as a sub-frame (SF) and can have, for example, duration of 1 millisecond.
  • SF sub-frame
  • SFN system frame number
  • cellular communication networks have been designed to establish wireless communication links between mobile devices (UEs) and fixed communication infrastructure components (such as base stations or access points) that serve UEs in a wide or local geographic range.
  • UEs mobile devices
  • fixed communication infrastructure components such as base stations or access points
  • D2D device-to-device
  • a hybrid communication network can support devices that connect both to fixed infrastructure components and to other D2D-enabled devices.
  • FIG. 4 illustrates an example use case of a vehicle-centric communication network according to illustrative embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 4 illustrates an example use case of a vehicle-centric communication network 400 according to embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the embodiment of the use case of a vehicle-centric communication network 400 illustrated in FIG. 4 is for illustration only.
  • FIG. 4 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • V2X Vehicle-to-Everything
  • V2V vehicle-to-vehicle
  • V2I vehicle-to-infrastructure
  • V2P vehicle-to-pedestrian
  • V2X can use “co-operative awareness” to provide more intelligent services for end-users.
  • transport entities such as vehicles, roadside infrastructure, and pedestrians
  • knowledge of their local environment e.g., information received from other vehicles or sensor equipment in proximity
  • process and share that knowledge in order to provide more intelligent services, such as cooperative collision warning or autonomous driving.
  • V2X communication can be used to implement several types of services that are complementary to a primary communication network or to provide new services based on a flexibility of a network topology.
  • V2X can support unicasting, broadcasting, or group/multicasting as potential means for V2V communication where vehicles are able to transmit messages to all in-range V2V-enabled devices or to a subset of devices that are members of particular group.
  • the protocol can be based on LTE-D2D or on a specialized LTE-V2V protocol.
  • V2X can support V2I communication 401 between one or more vehicles and an infrastructure node to provide cellular connectivity as well as specialized services related to control and safety of vehicular traffic.
  • V2P communication 402 can also be supported, for example to provide safety services for pedestrians or traffic management services.
  • V2X multicast communication 403 can be used to provide safety and control messages to large numbers of vehicles in a spectrally efficient manner.
  • the two primary standardized messages for V2V/V2I communication are the periodic beacons called cooperative awareness messages (CAM) and the event-triggered warning messages, called decentralized environment notification messages (DENM).
  • CAM cooperative awareness messages
  • DENM decentralized environment notification messages
  • the CAMs are periodically broadcasted beacons used to maintain awareness of the surrounding vehicles. These messages are sent with an adaptive frequency of 1-10 Hz.
  • the CAMs include information such as position, type and direction.
  • the DENMs are event-triggered warning messages which are generated to alert neighboring vehicles about potential hazards.
  • vehicle devices can be able to support many different communication protocols and include support of mandatory or optional features, since the traffic types, QoS requirements, and deployment topologies are distinct from other types of communications, the hardware/software on a vehicle for supporting V2X can have a reduced or specialized functionality compared to other devices.
  • protocols related to low-complexity, low-data rate, and/or low-latency for machine-type communications 404 can be supported such as, for example, traffic tracking beacons.
  • Satellite-based communication 405 can also be supported for V2X networks for communication or positioning services.
  • Direct communication between vehicles in V2V is based on a sidelink (SL) interface.
  • Sidelink is the UE to UE interface for SL communication and SL discovery.
  • the SL corresponds to the PC5 interface.
  • SL communication is defined as a functionality enabling proximity services (ProSe) direct communication between two or more nearby UEs using E-UTRA technology but not traversing any network node.
  • ProSe proximity services
  • E-UTRAN allows such UEs that are in proximity of each other to exchange V2V-related information using E-UTRA(N) when permission, authorization and proximity criteria are fulfilled.
  • the proximity criteria can be configured by the MNO.
  • UEs supporting V2V Service can exchange such information when served by or not served by E-UTRAN which supports V2X Service.
  • the UE supporting V2V applications transmits application layer information (e.g., about the UE's location, dynamics, and attributes as part of the V2V Service).
  • the V2V payload may be flexible in order to accommodate different information contents, and the information can be transmitted periodically according to a configuration provided by the MNO.
  • V2V is predominantly broadcast-based; V2V includes the exchange of V2V-related application information between distinct UEs directly and/or, due to the limited direct communication range of V2V, the exchange of V2V-related application information between distinct UEs via infrastructure supporting V2X Service, e.g., RSU, application server, etc.
  • FIG. 5 illustrates an example SL interface 500 according to embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the embodiment of the SL interface 500 illustrated in FIG. 5 is for illustration only.
  • FIG. 5 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • FIG. 5 illustrates an example SL interface according to illustrative embodiments of the present disclosure. While UL designates the link from UE 501 to NodeB 503 and DL designates the reverse direction, SL designates the radio links over the PC5 interfaces between UE 501 and UEs 502 . A UE 501 transmits a V2V message to multiple UEs 502 in the SL. SL communication happens directly without using E-UTRAN technology and not traversing any network node NodeB 503 .
  • the PC5 interface re-uses existing frequency allocation, regardless of the duplex mode (frequency division duplex (FDD) or time division duplex (TDD).
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • TDD time division duplex
  • the PC5 interface uses SFs that are reserved for UL transmission in TDD.
  • the signal transmission is based on single carrier frequency division multiple access (SC-FDMA) that is also used for UL transmission.
  • SC-FDMA single carrier frequency division multiple access
  • the new channels can be largely based on the channel structure applicable for the transmission of the physical UL shared channel (PUSCH).
  • a resource pool is a set of resources assigned for sidelink operation. It consists of the subframes and the resource blocks within the subframe.
  • RP resource pool
  • two additional physical channels are introduced: physical sidelink control channel (PSCCH) carrying the control information, and physical sidelink shared channel (PS SCH) carrying the data.
  • PSCCH physical sidelink control channel
  • PS SCH physical sidelink shared channel
  • FIG. 6 illustrates an example resource pool for PSCCH 600 according to embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the embodiment of the resource pool for PSCCH 600 illustrated in FIG. 6 is for illustration only. FIG. 6 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • FIG. 6 illustrates an example resource pool for PSCCH according to illustrative embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the pool is defined in the frequency, by parameters: PRBnum: that defines the frequency range in Physical Resource Block (PRB) bandwidth units; and PRBstart, PRBend: which defines the location in the frequency domain within the uplink band.
  • PRBnum that defines the frequency range in Physical Resource Block (PRB) bandwidth units
  • PRBstart, PRBend which defines the location in the frequency domain within the uplink band.
  • the pool is defined in the time domain, by a bitmap that indicates the 1 msec sub-frames used for PSCCH transmission.
  • This block of resources is repeated with a period defined by a parameter SC-Period (expressed in sub-frame duration, i.e. 1 msec).
  • SC-Period expressed in sub-frame duration, i.e. 1 msec.
  • the range of possible values for SC-Period is from 40 msec to 320 msec: low values are supported for voice transmission.
  • the data transmission on sidelink does not support HARQ. There is no ACK or NACK feedback for a PSSCH transmission. To improve the transmission reliability, re-transmission is one good approach.
  • FIG. 7 illustrates an example RF chain 700 according to embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the embodiment of the RF chain 700 illustrated in FIG. 7 is for illustration only.
  • FIG. 7 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • the number of antenna elements can be larger for a given form factor
  • one CSI-RS port is mapped onto a large number of antenna elements which can be controlled by a bank of analog phase shifters 701 .
  • One CSI-RS port can then correspond to one sub-array which produces a narrow analog beam through analog beamforming 705 .
  • This analog beam can be configured to sweep across a wider range of angles ( 720 ) by varying the phase shifter bank across symbols or subframes.
  • the number of sub-arrays (equal to the number of RF chains) is the same as the number of CSI-RS ports NCSI-PORT.
  • a digital beamforming unit 710 performs a linear combination across NCSI-PORT analog beams to further increase precoding gain. While analog beams are wideband (hence not frequency-selective), digital precoding can be varied across frequency sub-bands or resource blocks.
  • 5G NR systems aim to support multiple services such as eMBB, mMTC and uRLLC with advanced features including higher data rate, higher operating frequency band, wider bandwidth, higher reliability, shorter latency, and increased a number of connectivity.
  • V2X vehicle-to-everything
  • V2V vehicle-to-vehicle
  • V2I vehicle-to-infrastructure
  • V2P vehicle-to-pedestrian
  • the LTE-V standard includes two radio interfaces.
  • the cellular interface i.e., Uu
  • the PC5 interface supports V2V communications based on direct LTE sidelink.
  • LTE sidelink or device-to-device communication
  • mode 1 and mode 2 Both modes were designed with the objective of prolonging the battery lifetime of mobile devices at the cost of increasing the latency. Connected vehicles require highly reliable and low-latent V2X communications; therefore, modes 1 and 2 are not suitable for vehicular applications.
  • Modes 3 and 4 Two new communication modes (modes 3 and 4) are introduced and specifically designed for V2V communications.
  • mode 3 the cellular network selects and manages the radio resources used by vehicles for their direct V2V communications.
  • mode 4 vehicles autonomously select the radio resources for their direct V2V communications.
  • mode 4 can operate without cellular coverage, and is therefore considered the baseline V2V mode since safety applications cannot depend on the availability of cellular coverage.
  • Mode 4 includes a distributed scheduling scheme for vehicles to select their radio resources and includes the support for distributed congestion control.
  • SA 1 has completed enhancement of 3GPP support for V2X services (eV2X services).
  • SA 1 has identified 25 use cases for advanced V2X services and the 25 use cases are categorized into four use case groups: vehicles platooning, extended sensors, advanced driving and remote driving.
  • the NR V2X requirements need to support much lower end-to-end latency (as low as 3 ms), much higher reliability (as high as 99.999%), much higher data rates (as high as 1 Gbps) and much larger communication range.
  • LBT listen-before-talk
  • the LBT scheme defined in the present disclosure is based on the procedure in option B in 3GPP specification except for the following modifications to form a category 4 LBT scheme that ensure fairness with Wi-Fi: the size of the LAA contention window is variable via dynamic variable backoff or semi-static backoff between X and Y ECCA slots; one candidate for variation of the contention window is exponential backoff and it may be noted that most of evaluations are based on exponential backoff; the value of X and Y is a configurable parameter; for PDSCH, the following two approaches to adjust the contention window size may be considered and it may be noted that a combination of the options listed below is not precluded; based on feedback/report of UE(s) (e.g., HARQ ACK/NACK); based on eNB's assessment (e.g., sensing based adjustment); consider minimum ECCA slot size smaller than 20 ⁇ s; the initial CCA (ICCA) can be configurable to be comparable to the defer periods of Wi-Fi (e.g., DI
  • the defer period is configurable. It can be configured to be comparable to defer periods of Wi-Fi (e.g., DIFS or AIFS); and initial CCA is performed to transmit a DL transmission burst when the eNB has not transmitted any signal/channel although the random backoff counter reached zero in the backoff procedure.
  • Wi-Fi e.g., DIFS or AIFS
  • initial CCA is performed to transmit a DL transmission burst when the eNB has not transmitted any signal/channel although the random backoff counter reached zero in the backoff procedure.
  • defer period is defined as the minimum time that a node has to wait after the channel becomes idle before transmission, i.e., a node can transmit if the channel is sensed to be idle for a time period not less than the defer period.
  • defer period is defined as the minimum time that a node has to wait after the channel becomes idle before transmission, i.e., a node can transmit if the channel is sensed to be idle for a time period not less than the defer period.
  • FIG. 8 illustrates a flow chart of a method 800 for DL LAA SCell Cat 4 LBT procedure according to embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the embodiment of the method 800 illustrated in FIG. 8 is for illustration only.
  • FIG. 8 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • optimized autonomous resource selection is provided.
  • a preemption indication can be sent out first to indicate to other UEs the candidate single-subframe resource that the UE needs to use and can satisfy the latency requirements.
  • the packet that the UE needs to send may have a higher priority than those packets of another UE.
  • the service of the UE that preempts can be periodic or aperiodic.
  • the preempted resource can be a few consecutive subframes.
  • the preempted resource can be a group of periodic resources for duration of time.
  • FIG. 9A illustrates an example preemption indication 900 according to embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the embodiment of the preemption indication 900 illustrated in FIG. 9A is for illustration only.
  • FIG. 9A does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • FIG. 9A shows an example where a preemption indication is sent by a UE to notify other UEs that the resource may be preempted in the following periodic cycles.
  • FIG. 9B illustrates another example preemption indication 920 according to embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the embodiment of preemption indication 920 illustrated in FIG. 9B is for illustration only.
  • FIG. 9B does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • FIG. 9B shows an example where a preemption indication is sent by a UE to notify other UEs that the resource may be preempted in a few consecutive subframes.
  • the preemption indication can be in the form of a PSCCH or another special form of SCI.
  • the UE whose candidate single-subframe is preempted by the UE with stricter latency requirement may either drop the packet or trigger a new resource reselection etc.
  • the SCI can be used to transmit a preemption indication while no PSCCH/PSSCH associated with this preemption indication is sent.
  • the associated PSSCH is sent along with the PSCCH.
  • preemption indication In order to support a special form of preemption indication to indicate resources to be preempted by a UE, separate sensing mechanisms for preemption indication and PSCCH/PSSCH channels can be supported. That means resources used for a preemption indication can be sensed separately with the resources sensed for PSCCH/PSSCH.
  • a separate or same resource pool as the resource pool of PSCCH and PSSCH can be configured.
  • the sensing for the preemption indication occurs in a separate resource pool as PSCCH and PSSCH. While a same resource pool is used, the sensing for the preemption indication occurs in the same resource pool as PSCCH and PSSCH.
  • the information conveyed in the preemption indication can include one of the following or a combination of the following: (maximum) channel occupancy time: it shows for how long the UE may reserve the preempted resource for this bursty transmission for aperiodic traffic or how many periodic cycles that the UE needs to reserve the resource and the periodicity of the reserved resource for the UE for periodic transmission; frequency resource location: it shows the resource location in frequency domain; and/or priority information: priority information of the packets that the preempting UE may send.
  • (maximum) channel occupancy time it shows for how long the UE may reserve the preempted resource for this bursty transmission for aperiodic traffic or how many periodic cycles that the UE needs to reserve the resource and the periodicity of the reserved resource for the UE for periodic transmission
  • frequency resource location it shows the resource location in frequency domain
  • priority information priority information of the packets that the preempting UE may send.
  • the UE may use the resources that overlap with minimum number of other UEs in the frequency domain.
  • the UE may use the resources that have minimum average energy in the frequency domain.
  • the UE may use the resources that overlap with minimum number of other UEs in the time domain.
  • the UE may use the resources that overlap with minimum number of other UEs both in the time domain and frequency domain.
  • the resource selection counter can be carried in the SCI to indicate other UEs how long the resource may be reserved periodically after this transmission for a UE.
  • Different resource pools are configured for applications with different latency requirements, e.g., a separate resource pool for latency sensitive applications and a separate resource pool for regular V2X application.
  • FIG. 10 illustrates an example resource pool 1000 according to embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the embodiment of the resource pool 1000 illustrated in FIG. 10 is for illustration only.
  • FIG. 10 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • resource pools for latency sensitive applications are configured in resource blocks with a larger SCS, while resource pools for regular V2X applications are configured in resource blocks with a smaller SCS, as shown in FIG. 10 .
  • Different resource pools can be configured for different lengths of TTI.
  • a resource pool configuration can include the numerology of the resource pool, and/or TTI length, and/or the frequency resource location, and/or resource pool ID etc.
  • the sensing window, selection window and sensing procedures can be different compared with periodic resource selection, e.g., the size of sensing and selection window can be configured by a gNB or preconfigured with a smaller value.
  • Short TTI is used to further reduce the latency for stricter latency applications.
  • Short TTI application and normal TTI application can use the same resource pool or different resource pools.
  • a stricter latency application can use a resource pool with a short TTI.
  • a preemption indication can occur in a resource pool with a short TTI.
  • FIG. 11 illustrates an example sensing procedure 1100 according to embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the embodiment of the sensing procedure 1100 illustrated in FIG. 11 is for illustration only.
  • FIG. 11 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • the corresponding sensing procedure is used for each resource pool.
  • the sensing procedures may be adapted as follows and shown in FIG. 11 .
  • step 1 suppose that a UE with a reservation interval Tp needs to reserve new candidate subchannels at time (T). It can reserve subchannels between T and the established maximum latency (e.g., K). This time period is referred to as the selection window. Within the selection window, the UE identifies candidate subchannel resources to be reserved by all groups of adjacent subchannels within the same TTI where the SCI and TB to be transmitted may fit.
  • Tp time
  • K the established maximum latency
  • step 2 for each configured TTI length, the UE analyzes all the information that the UE has received in the Ni TTIs before T and creates a list (L1) of candidate subchannels the UE could reserve. This list includes all the candidate subchannels in the selection window except those that meet the following two conditions.
  • the UE in the last Ni TTIs, the UE has correctly received an SCI from another UE indicating that it may overlap with this candidate subchannels at the same time the UE may need it to perform following transmissions.
  • the UE measures an average reference signal received power (RSRP) over the RBs utilized to transmit the TB associated to the SCI and it is higher than a given threshold.
  • RSRP reference signal received power
  • step 3 The UE creates a second list (L2) of resources of candidate subchannels.
  • the total number of resources of candidate subchannels in L2 may be equal to a percentage of all resources of candidate subchannels in the selection window.
  • L2 includes the resources of candidate subchannels from L1 (after Step 2) that experienced the lowest average received signal strength indicator (RSSI) over all RBs of the candidate subchannels. This RSSI value is averaged over all the previous T ⁇ reserve interval*j, where reserve interval*j ⁇ Ni.
  • the UE randomly chooses one of the resources of candidate subchannels in L2, and reserves one of the resources of candidate subchannels for the next transmissions.
  • the procedure 1110 iterates through each configured TTI.
  • the procedure 1110 selects candidate subchannels under each configured TTI, and ands to list L1.
  • the procedure 1110 selects list L2 among the list L1.
  • the procedure 1110 selects a resource among the list L2.
  • Retransmission can be performed with a transmission periodicity less than the resource reservation interval. e.g., consecutive transmissions for a same TB to meet the latency and reliability.
  • SCI in the first transmission can indicate parameters e.g., the number of transmissions for this same TB and the subframe gap between transmissions.
  • SCI in the following retransmissions can indicate parameters e.g., remaining retransmissions for this same TB.
  • Each retransmission SCI indicates the Time gap between this retransmission and next retransmission.
  • the sensing procedure may consider the resources that may be occupied for retransmissions. More than one candidate subchannels resources may be selected that are used by the UE's first transmission and a few retransmissions.
  • autonomous resource selection+LBT with the same resource pool is provided.
  • LBT listen before talk
  • Autonomous resource selection is used by UEs to reserve resource for semi-persistent or periodic service.
  • Autonomous resource selection and LBT are combined to comprise the whole V2X resource selection.
  • autonomous resource selection and LBT procedures occur in the same resource pool.
  • a partial bandwidth sensing may be used for LBT in V2X. Similar to autonomous resource selection, resources of candidate subchannels can be used to reserve only a partial bandwidth resource for a UE.
  • FIG. 12 illustrates an example LBT procedure 1200 according to embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the embodiment of the LBT procedure 1200 illustrated in FIG. 12 is for illustration only.
  • FIG. 12 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • the UE may assume that any set of L subCH contiguous sub-channels included in the corresponding PSSCH resource pool corresponds to one candidate subchannels resource.
  • the UE For each candidate subchannels resource for PSSCH transmission, the UE performs the corresponding LBT procedure on corresponding subchannels.
  • the energy detection can be measured in number of TTIs e.g., 2, 4 or 7 OFDM symbols/1 slot or number of OFDM symbols depending upon specific latency requirements.
  • the content window and The initial CCA (ICCA) and extended CCA deferral period can be in number of TTIs or number of OFDM symbols.
  • the number of TTIs or number of OFDM symbols for energy detection, content window, initial CCA and ECCA deferral period can be configured.
  • the LBT procedure needs to be terminated at the time n+k.
  • k can be in number of TTIs or number of OFDM symbols and be configured by higher layer or determined by the UE itself considering the latency requirement.
  • the preemption indication procedure is triggered as shown in the aforementioned embodiments. If there are more than one resource of candidate subchannels available for the UE to transmit, the UE randomly select an available resource of candidate subchannels to transmit.
  • the procedure 1200 performs LBT separately for each candidate subchannels in step 1202 .
  • the procedure determines whether time n+k is.
  • the procedures performs step 1206 .
  • the procedure determines whether there any available candidate subchannels are.
  • the procedure 1200 randomly selects candidate subchannels to transmit.
  • the procedure 1200 performs step 1202 .
  • the procedures triggers preemption procedures in step 1208 .
  • FIG. 13 illustrates another example LBT procedure 1300 according to embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the embodiment of the example LBT procedure 1300 illustrated in FIG. 13 is for illustration only.
  • FIG. 13 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • the UE For each candidate subchannels resource for PSSCH transmission, the UE performs the corresponding LBT procedure on corresponding candidate subchannels. Before the UE performs the LBT on each resource of candidate subchannels, the UE excludes resources of candidate subchannels where there are detected SCIs and/or associated data and/or the reservation interval for the candidate subchannels is less than a value, e.g., the (maximum) channel occupancy time. For the candidate subchannel resources, the UE also needs to exclude resources that are known by detected SCIs for aperiodic services.
  • the energy detection can be measured in number of TTIs e.g., 2, 4 or 7 OFDM symbols/1 slot or number of OFDM symbols depending upon specific latency requirements.
  • the content window and the initial CCA (ICCA) and extended CCA deferral period can be in number of TTIs or number of OFDM symbols.
  • the number of TTIs or number of OFDM symbols for energy detection, content window, initial CCA and ECCA deferral period can be configured.
  • the LBT procedure needs to be terminated at the time n+k.
  • k can be in number of TTIs or number of OFDM symbols and configured by higher layer or determined by the UE itself considering the latency requirement.
  • the preemption indication procedure is triggered as shown in the aforementioned embodiments. If there are more than one resource of candidate subchannels available for the UE to transmit, the UE randomly select an available resource of candidate subchannels to transmit.
  • the same resource pool is used for LBT as well as autonomous resource selection.
  • the UE senses the resource and reserves the resource for a (maximum) channel occupancy time.
  • Priority information is used in the sensing procedure. The following information may be included in the SCI for an aperiodic packet: (Maximum) channel occupancy time: it shows for how long the UE may reserve the reserved/preempted resource for this bursty transmission for aperiodic traffic; frequency resource location: it shows the resource location in frequency domain; and/or priority information: priority information of the packets that the preempting UE may send.
  • this UE can preempt the resource with a preemption indication as shown in the aforementioned embodiments. Otherwise, this UE can only select other resources without conflict with another UE with higher priority.
  • autonomous resource selection+LBT with different resource pools is provided.
  • LBT listen before talk
  • Autonomous resource selection is used by UEs to reserve resource for semi-persistent or periodic service.
  • Autonomous resource selection and LBT are combined to comprise the whole V2X resource selection procedure.
  • autonomous resource selection and LBT procedures occur in different resource pools, and select resources for different services in different resource pools.
  • the LBT procedure can be the same as one approach in embodiment 2, as the LBT procedure is independent from the autonomous resource selection.
  • a gNB centralized resource allocation is provided.
  • a gNB centralized resource allocation is used to schedule the resource for both aperiodic service and periodic service. If a gNB cannot find adequate resource for a packet with higher priority, preemption procedures can be used and preemption indication can be carried in a DCI format.
  • the preemption information can be embedded in the DCI format that schedules the resource for the UE in the sidelink interface.
  • the preemption information is signaled in a separate DCI format. Based upon the preemption information the UE receives, the UE transmit a SCI that carries the preemption indication in the sidelink interface.
  • the information conveyed in the preemption indication in a DCI format can include one of the following or a combination of the following: (maximum) channel occupancy time: it shows for how long the UE may reserve the preempted resource for this bursty transmission for aperiodic traffic or how many periodic cycles that the UE needs to reserve the resource and the periodicity of the reserved resource for the UE for periodic transmission or semi-persistent transmission; frequency resource location: it shows the resource location in frequency domain; and/or priority information: priority information of the packets that the preempting UE may send.
  • a new DCI format may be introduced that considers different lengths of TTI for Uu and sidelink interface, different SCSs for Uu and sidelink interface etc.
  • DCI format 5A used in LTE V2X as copied below
  • other DCI fields may also be included in the DCI format: resource pool ID: the resource pool ID also indicates the SCS and/or TTI type to be used by the UE for the sidelink resource if a resource pool is configured related to a SCS and/or TTI type; otherwise, fields of TTI and/or SCS type are used to indicate which type of TTI and/or SCS is used by the UE for the sidelink; and/or number of retransmissions: more than one retransmissions are supported in the sidelink transmission.
  • the time gap and frequency resource location in the DCI format are interpreted according to the configured or indicated SCS and/or TTI type for the sidelink resource allocation.
  • carrier indicator 3 bits is present.
  • lowest index of the subchannel allocation to the initial transmission ⁇ log 2 (N subchannel St. ) ⁇ bits as defined.
  • SCI format 1 fields are provided.
  • frequency resource location of initial transmission and retransmission is provided.
  • a time gap between initial transmission and retransmission is provide.
  • an SL index—2 bits as defined this field is present only for cases with TDD operation with uplink-downlink configuration 0-6).
  • SL SPS configuration index 3 bits
  • activation/release indication 1 bit
  • LBT for periodic and aperiodic services in the same resource pool is provided.
  • LBT may be used in sensing resources for aperiodic services by excluding resources reserved by periodic services as is done in LTE V2X autonomous resource selection.
  • the UE may exclude resources reserved for aperiodic services.
  • the SCI for aperiodic services may indicate the time duration the resources are reserved.
  • the UE that performs the sensing cannot know how long the resources are reserved for aperiodic services, and may select candidate resources with minimum energy measurements in the sensing window. It may have a high probability that a resource reserved for aperiodic services is selected and may degrade the resource selection performance.
  • FIG. 14 illustrates an example resource selection 1400 according to embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the embodiment of the resource selection 1400 illustrated in FIG. 14 is for illustration only.
  • FIG. 14 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • the UE performs resource selection for periodic services. If the UE doesn't know the resources are reserved by another UE for aperiodic services in the selection window, the UE may not exclude those resources in the resource selection. When the UE performs the energy measurements in the sensing window and select a resource with minimum energy measurements, the UE may have a high probability that the UE selects a resource reserved for aperiodic services.
  • One of the considerations for periodic services is the UE performs the LBT on selected candidate resources and reserves a set of periodic resources when it is time to perform resource re-selection. These periodic resources may not conflict with resources excluded by decoded SCIs in the first step of the LBT as shown in embodiment 2.
  • the drawback is more resources may be wasted for resource sensing that is required by LBT. But the resource waste only occurs at the time when the UE performs resource reselection.
  • the UE For each resource reselection procedure, the UE performs LBT and selects a periodic resource for duration of time (resource reselection counter). At each transmission time, the resource reselection counter is decremented by one. When the resource reselection counter is decremented to zero, the UE performs resource selection and LBT again, and reserves a set of periodic resources for a duration of time (i.e., resource reselection counter*resource period).
  • the UE when the UE performs LBT for periodic services in the selection window, the UE may detect the resources that are occupied by other UEs for aperiodic services. The UE may have a higher probability that a resource that is not occupied by aperiodic services is selected.
  • Another approach for periodic services is the UE performs the LBT on selected candidate resources and start the transmission when the LBT is finished and one of the channels is sensed to be available for transmission.
  • the candidate resources where the LBT is performed may not conflict with resources excluded by decoded SCIs in the first step of the LBT as shown in embodiment 2.
  • the UE restarts the LBT procedure for resource allocation.
  • Candidate resources may be obtained by excluding resources in the resource selection window reserved or being used by other UEs by decoded SCIs of these UEs.
  • the reserved resources may be aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic.
  • SCI format may indicate whether the resources reserved by a UE are one-time resource or semi-persistent (periodic) resources corresponding to periodic traffic and aperiodic traffic.
  • multi-slot T-F resources are reserved for a large packet.
  • SCI format may indicate the multiple slots where resources are reserved.
  • FIG. 15 illustrates another example resource selection 1500 according to embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the embodiment of the resource selection 1500 illustrated in FIG. 15 is for illustration only.
  • FIG. 15 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • FIG. 15 shows an example where resource 1 , 2 , 5 , and 6 are semi-persistent (periodic) one slot resource, resources 3 - 4 are semi-persistent (periodic) multi-slot resource and resource 7 is one-time (aperiodic) multi-slot resource.
  • a consecutive multi-slot resource allocation can be supported where an additional field in the SCI format indicates the number of slots that are reserved for a UE in the following slots after this slot.
  • resource 7 is one-time (aperiodic) multi-slot resource.
  • a field in the SCI in the first slot of this resource indicates 4 slots that are reserved for this UE in the following slots after the first slot.
  • a field in the SCI in the last slot of this resource indicates 0 slots that are reserved for this UE in the following slots after the slot, which means that the resource may be released for this UE after this slot.
  • the UE may measure PSSCH-RSRP for the decoded SCI.
  • the resource is excluded only when the measured PSSCH-RSRP is higher than a PSSCH-RSRP threshold, otherwise, the resource may still remain in the candidate resource set for later resource selection.
  • the measured PSSCH-RSRP may be an average PSSCH-RSRP in the past slots that indicate the resource is reserved in the resource selection window.
  • the measured PSSCH-RSRP may be also a most recent measured PSSCH-RSRP in the past slot(s) that indicate(s) the resource is reserved in the resource selection window.
  • resource 7 is one-time (aperiodic) multi-slot resource.
  • the measured PSSCH-RSRP may be PSSCH-RSRP measured in the first slot of resource 7 .
  • the UE may measure PSSCH-RSRP for the decoded SCI and iteratively increase the PSSCH-RSRP threshold for deciding the reserved resources until there are enough available resources remaining in the selection window.
  • PSSCH-RSRP threshold may be the same or different for one-time and semi-persistent (periodic) resource.
  • the resource exclusion order for one-time and semi-persistent (periodic) resource may also be the same or different.
  • more semi-persistent (periodic) resources may remain in the candidate resources that are enough for the available candidate resources. Those one-time resources may still remain excluded from the candidate resources.
  • more semi-persistent (periodic) resources may remain in the candidate resources that are enough for the available candidate resources. Some more one-time resources may also be included in the candidate resources by increasing a PSSCH-RS SP threshold.
  • the UE may randomly select or select resources for transmission with the input and help from other sidelink measurements and reports.
  • Sidelink measurements and reports may be used for the input and assistance in the resource selection procedure. Sidelink measurements and reports may be performed and obtained from either receiver side or transmitter side. Sidelink measurement and reports at receiver side are more useful than transmitter side ones for resource selection.
  • resource selection assistance methods described here may be applied to embodiment 6 as well as other embodiments e.g., embodiments 1-5, such as LBT-like resource selection.
  • sidelink measurements and reports are ACK/NACK, CQI, PMI, RI, RSRP, RSRQ, pathloss, SRI, CRI, interference condition, and vehicle motion etc.
  • the following are applied to ACK/NACK feedback and RSRP/RSSI/CSI report as well as other sidelink measurements and reports with some necessary adaptation.
  • Sidelink measurements and reports may include ACK/NACK feedback and RSRP/RSSI/CSI report.
  • a UE When a UE receives a NACK for a TB on a resource (e.g., semi-persistent (periodic) resource or a frequency resource), the UE may be given a lower priority to get selected or excluded in the resource reselection.
  • a UE receive an ACK for a TB on a resource e.g., semi-persistent (periodic) resource or a frequency resource
  • the UE may be given a higher priority to get selected or included in the resource reselection.
  • a UE when a UE obtained a CSI/RSRP/RSSI report with a bad quality for a resource ((e.g., semi-persistent (periodic) resource or a frequency resource), the UE may be given a lower priority to get selected or excluded in the resource reselection.
  • a UE obtains a CSI/RSRP/RSSI report with a good quality for a resource ((e.g., semi-persistent (periodic) resource or a frequency resource)
  • the UE may be given a higher priority to get selected or included in the resource reselection.
  • a UE uses the PSSCH_RSRP measurement of the PSSCH associated with a decoded SCI of another UE for excluding resources that are reserved by this another UE. If the PSSCH_RSRP measurement is higher than a threshold, the reserved resource is excluded from the candidate resource sets.
  • the reserved resource may be excluded from the candidate resource sets.
  • the PSSCH_RSRP measurement is lower than a threshold, but the PSSCH_RSRQ is also higher than a threshold. That means the interferences from other UE are low.
  • the reserved resource may not be excluded from the candidate resource sets.
  • PSCCH/PSSCH_RSRQ is also used as a metric in the sensing procedure to exclude the reserved resource from the candidate resource sets.
  • PSCCH/PSSCH_RSSI is also used as a metric in the sensing procedure to exclude the reserved resource from the candidate resource sets.
  • the whole procedure for resource exclusion is shown in TABLE 1.
  • PSCCH/PSSCH_RSRP of a decoded SCI or the associated PSSCH is higher than a threshold Th RSRP1 , then the resource reserved by the decoded SCI is excluded. else if PSCCH/PSSCH_RSRQ of a decoded SCI or the associated PSSCH is higher than a threshold Th RSRQ1 the resource reserved by the decoded SCI is not excluded. else if PSCCH/PSSCH_RSRQ of a decoded SCI or the associated PSSCH is not higher than a threshold Th RSRQ1 the resource reserved by the decoded SCI is not excluded. else if PSCCH/PSSCH_RSRP of a decoded SCI or the associated PSSCH is lower than a threshold Th RSRP2 , then the resource reserved by the decoded SCI is not excluded. end
  • the whole procedure for resource exclusion is shown in TABLE 2.
  • PSCCH/PSSCH_RSRP of a decoded SCI or the associated PSSCH is higher than a threshold Th RSRP1 , then the resource reserved by the decoded SCI is excluded. else if PSCCH/PSSCH_RSSI of a decoded SCI or the associated PSSCH is higher than a threshold Th RSSI1 The resource reserved by the decoded SCI is not excluded. else if PSCCH/PSSCH_RSRQ of a decoded SCI or the associated PSSCH is not higher than a threshold Th RSSI1 the resource reserved by the decoded SCI is not excluded. else if PSCCH/PSSCH_RSRP of a decoded SCI or the associated PSSCH is lower than a threshold Th RSRP2 , then the resource reserved by the decoded SCI is not excluded. end
  • LTE V2X defines subchannels as a group of RBs in the same subframe, and the number of RBs per subchannel can vary. Subchannels are used to transmit data and control information.
  • the data is transmitted in transport blocks (TBs) over physical sidelink shared channels (PSSCH), and the sidelink control information (SCI) messages are transmitted over physical sidelink control channels (PSCCH).
  • PSSCH physical sidelink shared channels
  • SCI sidelink control information
  • a UE that wants to transmit a TB may also transmit an associated SCI, which is also referred to as a scheduling assignment.
  • the SCI includes information such as the modulation and coding scheme (MCS) used to transmit the TB, the frequency resource allocation, and the resource reservation interval for semi-persistent scheduling (SPS).
  • MCS modulation and coding scheme
  • SPS resource reservation interval for semi-persistent scheduling
  • LTE V2X defines two subchannelization schemes.
  • the SCI and TB are transmitted in adjacent RBs.
  • the SCI occupies the first two RBs of the first subchannel utilized for the transmission.
  • the TB is transmitted in the RBs following the SCI, and can occupy several subchannels (depending on a size). If it does so, the TB may also occupy the first two RBs of the following subchannels.
  • the RBs are divided into pools.
  • One pool is dedicated to transmit only SCIs, and the SCIs occupy two RBs.
  • the second pool is reserved to transmit only TBs and is divided into subchannels.
  • multiplexing physical channels considering at least the above aspects are provided.
  • multiplexing of PSCCH and the associated PSSCH here, the “associated” means that the PSCCH at least carries information necessary to decode the PSSCH).
  • PSCCH and the associated PSSCH are transmitted using non-overlapping time resources.
  • the frequency resources used by the two channels are the same.
  • the frequency resources used by the two channels can be different.
  • PSCCH and the associated PSSCH are transmitted using non-overlapping frequency resources in the all the time resources used for transmission.
  • the time resources used by the two channels are the same.
  • a part of PSCCH and the associated PSSCH are transmitted using overlapping time resources in non-overlapping frequency resources, but another part of the associated PSSCH and/or another part of the PSCCH are transmitted using non-overlapping time resources.
  • At least two sidelink resource allocation modes are defined for NR-V2X sidelink communication.
  • base station schedules sidelink resource(s) to be used by UE for sidelink transmission(s).
  • a UE determines (i.e. base station does not schedule) sidelink transmission resource(s) within sidelink resources configured by base station/network or pre-configured sidelink resources.
  • Mode-2 definition covers potential sidelink radio-layer functionality or resource allocation sub-modes (subject to further refinement including merging of some or all of them) where: a UE autonomously selects sidelink resource for transmission; a UE assists sidelink resource selection for other UE(s); a UE is configured with NR configured grant (type-1 like) for sidelink transmission; and/or a UE schedules sidelink transmissions of other UEs.
  • the number of frequency RBs each PSCCH channel occupies is fixed to be 2 RBs and the time duration each PSCCH occupies is fixed to be one subframe.
  • the NR needs to support varying time duration and varying number of frequency RBs of PSCCH channels. This is especially useful in unicast/groupcast cases that are to be supported in NR V2X.
  • option 1 PSCCH and the associated PSSCH are transmitted using non-overlapping time resources. There are two sub-options: option 1A and option 1B.
  • Option 1A the frequency resources used by the two channels are the same.
  • Option 1B the frequency resources used by the two channels can be different.
  • FIG. 16 illustrates an example OFDM symbols for PSCCH 1600 according to embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the embodiment of the OFDM symbols for PSCCH 1600 illustrated in FIG. 16 is for illustration only.
  • FIG. 16 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • the number of OFDM symbols that the PSCCH uses may vary depending upon the channel states and number of frequency RBs that the PSCCH and the PSSCH occupy.
  • FIG. 16 shows the case where the number of OFDM symbols that the PSCCH occupies changes in different conditions. The receiver UE needs to blindly decode the PSCCH channel while trying different numbers of OFDM symbols.
  • FIG. 17 illustrates another example OFDM symbols for PSCCH according 1700 to embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the embodiment of the OFDM symbols for PSCCH illustrated in FIG. 17 is for illustration only.
  • FIG. 17 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • a PSCCH and its associated PSSCH are multiplexed in different slots and the number of OFDM symbols that the PSCCH uses may vary depending upon the channel states and number of frequency RBs that the PSCCH and the PSSCH occupy.
  • FIG. 17 shows the case where the number of OFDM symbols that the PSCCH occupies changes in different conditions. The receiver UE needs to blindly decode the PSCCH channel while trying different numbers of OFDM symbols.
  • FIG. 18 illustrates yet another example OFDM symbols for PSCCH 1800 according to embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the embodiment of the OFDM symbols for PSCCH 1800 illustrated in FIG. 18 is for illustration only.
  • FIG. 18 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • the frequency resources used by the two channels of PSCCH and PSSCH may be different. If a PSCCH and its associated PSSCH are multiplexed in the same slot, both/either the number of OFDM symbols and/or the number of frequency RBs that the PSCCH uses may vary depending upon the channel states and number of frequency RBs that the PSSCH occupies.
  • FIG. 18 shows the case where both/either the number of OFDM symbols and/or the number of frequency RBs that the PSCCH occupies changes in different conditions. The receiver UE needs to blindly decode the PSCCH channel while trying both/either different numbers of OFDM symbols and/or different numbers of frequency RBs.
  • FIG. 19 illustrates yet another example OFDM symbols for PSCCH 1900 according to embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the embodiment of the OFDM symbols for PSCCH 1900 illustrated in FIG. 19 is for illustration only.
  • FIG. 19 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • the frequency resources used by the two channels may be different. If a PSCCH and its associated PSSCH are multiplexed in different slots, both/either the number of OFDM symbols and/or the number of frequency RBs that the PSCCH uses may vary depending upon the channel states and number of frequency RBs that the PSSCH occupies.
  • FIG. 19 shows the case where the number of OFDM symbols and the number of frequency RBs that the PSCCH occupies changes in different conditions. The receiver UE needs to blindly decode the PSCCH channel while trying both/either different numbers of OFDM symbols and/or different numbers of frequency RBs.
  • FIG. 20 illustrates yet another example OFDM symbols for PSCCH 2000 according to embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the embodiment of the OFDM symbols for PSCCH 2000 illustrated in FIG. 20 is for illustration only.
  • FIG. 20 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • PSCCH and the associated PSSCH are transmitted using non-overlapping frequency resources in all the time resources used for transmission.
  • the time resources used by the two channels are the same.
  • the frequency resources that PSCCH and the associated PSSCH occupy can be either adjacent or non-adjacent.
  • the number of frequency RBs that the PSCCH uses may vary depending upon the channel states.
  • FIG. 20 shows the case where the number of frequency RBs that the PSCCH occupies changes in different cases. The receiver UE needs to blindly decode the PSCCH channel while trying different numbers of frequency RBs.
  • FIG. 21 illustrates yet another example OFDM symbols for PSCCH 2100 according to embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the embodiment of the OFDM symbols for PSCCH 2100 illustrated in FIG. 21 is for illustration only.
  • FIG. 21 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • a part of PSCCH and the associated PSSCH are transmitted using overlapping time resources in non-overlapping frequency resources, but another part of the associated PSSCH and/or another part of the PSCCH are transmitted using non-overlapping time resources.
  • Both/either the number of OFDM symbols and/or the number of frequency RBs that the PSCCH uses may vary depending upon the channel states and number of frequency RBs that the PSSCH occupies.
  • FIG. 21 shows the case where the number of OFDM symbols and the number of the frequency RBs that the PSCCH occupies changes in different conditions.
  • the receiver UE needs to blindly decode the PSCCH channel while trying both/either different numbers of OFDM symbols and/or different numbers of frequency RBs.
  • the resource allocation mechanism for semi-persistent/periodic service in NR mode 2 can be different.
  • option 1A When option 1A is configured, and a PSCCH and its associated PSSCH are multiplexed in the same slot.
  • the resource allocation procedure for PSCCH and PSSCH can be the same one, i.e., there is only one resource allocation procedure for both PSCCH and PSSCH. But different UEs share the same resource pool for both PSCCH and PSSCH.
  • the set S A is initialized to the union of all the candidate single-slot resources.
  • the set S B is initialized to an empty set.
  • the UE needs to decode possible SCIs and exclude all resources from S A that are reserved and indicated by the decoded SCIs of other UEs for the following reservation intervals within the selection window with the PSCCH-RSRP/PSSCH-RSRP measurement higher than a PSCCH-RSRP/PSSCH-RSRP threshold. Because different UEs may have different numbers of OFDM symbols for corresponding PSCCH, blind decoding is required for each SCI by trying different numbers of OFDM symbols for each SCI.
  • the UE moves a (pre)configured number of candidate resources for PSCCH and PSSCH with the smallest metric of RSSI to the candidate resource set S B .
  • the UE randomly selects one of the candidate resources for PSCCH and PSSCH from set S B .
  • option 1A When option 1A is configured, and a PSCCH and its associated PSSCH are multiplexed in different slots.
  • the resource allocation procedure for PSCCH and PSSCH can be separate but related. For PSCCH and PSSCH multiplexed in different slots, the time slot offset between PSCCH and PSSCH in the selection window is assumed to be same as that in the sensing window. For PSCCH and PSSCH channels, there are two separate resource sets S A and S B respectively for each channel. The set S A for each channel is initialized to the union of all the candidate single-slot resources. The set S B for each channel is initialized to an empty set.
  • the UE For the PSCCH resource selection, the UE needs to decode possible SCIs and exclude all resources from PSCCH S A that are reserved by the decoded SCIs of other UEs for the following reservation intervals within the selection window with the PSCCH-RSRP measurement higher than a PSCCH-RSRP threshold. Because different UEs may have different numbers of OFDM symbols for corresponding PSCCH, blind decoding is required for each SCI by trying different numbers of OFDM symbols for each SCI.
  • the UE For the PSSCH resource selection, the UE needs to exclude all resources from PSSCH S A that are reserved and indicated by the SCIs of other UEs that are blindly decoded in the PSCCH resource selection for the following reservation intervals in the selection window with the PSSCH-RSRP measurement higher than a PSSCH-RSRP threshold.
  • PSCCH and PSSCH are configured in the same resource pool, the PSCCH or PSSCH needs to exclude from the respective PSCCH and PSSCH S A all resources that are occupied or reserved by PSSCH or PSCCH.
  • PSCCH-RSRP and PS SCH-RSRP can be (pre)configured or iteratively increased by a delta dB until the number of candidate PSCCH and PSSCH resources remaining in PSCCH S A and PSSCH S A is larger than a (pre)configured value.
  • the UE moves a (pre)configured number of candidate resources for PSCCH and PSSCH with the smallest metric of RSSI to their respective candidate resource sets S B .
  • the UE may select the resources of PSCCH and PSSCH that lie in the same frequency RBs from their respective PSCCH and PSSCH candidate resource sets S B , rather than randomly selecting the resources of PSCCH and PSSCH independently.
  • the UE can e.g., randomly select the resources for PSCCH and PSSCH that lie in the same frequency RBs.
  • the UE moves another (pre)configured number of candidate resources for PSCCH and PSSCH with the smallest metric of RSSI to their respective candidate resource sets S B .
  • FIG. 22 illustrates a flowchart of a method 2200 for resource allocation procedures according to embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the embodiment of the method 2200 illustrated in FIG. 22 is for illustration only.
  • FIG. 22 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • the whole resource allocation procedure is shown in FIG. 22 .
  • option 1 B When option 1 B is configured, and a PSCCH and its associated PSSCH are multiplexed in the same slot.
  • the resource allocation procedure for PSCCH and PSSCH can be the same one, i.e., there is only one resource allocation procedure for both PSCCH and PSSCH. But different UEs share the same resource pool for both PSCCH and PSSCH.
  • the set S A is initialized to the union of all the candidate single-slot resources.
  • the set S B is initialized to an empty set.
  • the UE needs to decode possible SCIs and exclude all resources from S A that are reserved and indicated by the decoded SCIs of other UEs for the following reservation intervals within the selection window with the PSSCH-RSRP measurement higher than a PSSCH-RSRP threshold. Because different UEs may have both/either different numbers of OFDM symbols and/or different numbers of frequency RBs for corresponding PSCCH, the blind decoding is required for each SCI by trying both/either different numbers of OFDM symbols and/or different numbers of frequency RBs for each SCI.
  • the UE moves a (pre)configured number of candidate resources for PSCCH and PSSCH with the smallest metric of RSSI to the candidate resource set S B .
  • the UE randomly selects one of the resources for PSCCH and PSSCH from set S B .
  • option 1B When option 1B is configured, and a PSCCH and its associated PSSCH are multiplexed in different slots.
  • the resource allocation procedure for PSCCH and PSSCH can be separate. For PSCCH and PSSCH multiplexed in different slots, the time slot offset between PSCCH and PSSCH in the selection window may be assumed the same as that in the sensing window. For PSCCH and PSCCH, there are two separate resource sets S A and S B for each channel. The set S A for each channel is initialized to the union of all the candidate single-slot resources. The set S B for each channel is initialized to an empty set.
  • the UE For the PSCCH resource selection, the UE needs to decode possible SCIs and exclude all resources from PSCCH S A that are reserved by the decoded SCIs of other UEs for the following reservation intervals within the selection window with the PSCCH-RSRP measurement higher than a PSCCH-RSRP threshold. Because different UEs may have both/either different numbers of OFDM symbols and/or different numbers of frequency RBs for corresponding PSCCH, blind decoding is required for each SCI by trying both/either different numbers of OFDM symbols and/or different numbers of frequency RBs for each SCI.
  • the UE For the PSSCH resource selection, the UE needs to exclude all resources from PSSCH S A that are reserved by the SCIs of other UEs that are blindly decoded in the PSCCH resource selection for the following reservation intervals in the selection window with the PSSCH-RSRP measurement higher than a PSSCH-RSRP threshold.
  • PSCCH and PSSCH are configured in the same resource pool, the PSCCH or PSSCH needs to exclude from the respective PSCCH and PSSCH S A all resources that are occupied or reserved by PSSCH or PSCCH.
  • a PSCCH-RSRP and PSSCH-RSRP can be (pre)configured or iteratively increased by a delta dB until the number of candidate PSCCH and PSSCH resources remaining in PSCCH S A and PSSCH S A is larger than a (pre)configured value.
  • the UE moves a (pre)configured number of candidate resources for PSCCH and PSSCH with the smallest metric of RSSI to their respective candidate resource sets S B .
  • the UE may randomly select the resources for PSCCH and PSSCH independently.
  • PSCCH and the associated PSSCH are transmitted using non-overlapping adjacent frequency resources.
  • the resource allocation procedure for PSCCH and PSSCH can be the same one, i.e., there is only one resource allocation procedure for both PSCCH and PSSCH. But different UEs share the same resource pool for both PSCCH and PSSCH.
  • the set S A is initialized to the union of all the candidate single-slot resources.
  • the set S B is initialized to an empty set.
  • the UE needs to decode possible SCIs and exclude all resources from S A that are reserved and indicated by the decoded SCIs of other UEs for the following reservation intervals within the selection window with the PSCCH-RSRP/PSSCH-RSRP measurement higher than a PSCCH-RSRP/PSSCH-RSRP threshold. Because different UEs may have different numbers of frequency RBs for corresponding PSCCH, blind decoding is required for each SCI by trying different numbers of frequency RBs for each SCI.
  • the UE moves a (pre)configured number of candidate resources for PSCCH and PSSCH with the smallest metric of RSSI to their respective candidate resource set S B .
  • the UE randomly selects one of the resources for PSCCH and PSSCH from set S B .
  • PSCCH and the associated PSSCH are transmitted using non-overlapping non-adjacent frequency resources.
  • the resource allocation procedure for PSCCH and PSSCH can be separate but related.
  • PSCCH and PSSCH multiplexed in non-adjacent frequency RBs the frequency RB offset between PSCCH and PSSCH in the selection window is assumed to be the same as that in the sensing window.
  • PSCCH and PSCCH there are two separate resource sets S A and S B for each channel.
  • the set S A for each channel is initialized to the union of all the candidate single-slot resources.
  • the set S B for each channel is initialized to an empty set.
  • the UE For the PSCCH resource selection, the UE needs to decode possible SCIs and exclude all resources from PSCCH S A that are reserved by the decoded SCIs of other UEs for the following reservation intervals within the selection window with the PSCCH-RSRP measurement higher than a PSCCH-RSRP threshold. Because different UEs may have different numbers of frequency RBs for corresponding PSCCH, blind decoding is required for each SCI by trying different numbers of frequency RBs for each SCI.
  • the UE For the PSSCH resource selection, the UE needs to exclude all resources from PSSCH S A that are reserved and indicated by the SCIs of other UEs that are blindly decoded in the PSCCH resource selection for the following reservation intervals in the selection window with the PSSCH-RSRP measurement higher than a PSSCH-RSRP threshold.
  • PSCCH and PSSCH are configured in the same resource pool, the PSCCH or PSSCH needs to exclude from the respective PSCCH and PSSCH S A all resources that are occupied or reserved by PSSCH or PSCCH.
  • a PSCCH-RSRP and PSSCH-RSRP can be (pre)configured or iteratively increased by a delta dB until the number of candidate PSCCH and PSSCH resources remaining in PSCCH S A and PSSCH S A is larger than a (pre)configured value.
  • the UE moves a (pre)configured number of candidate resources for PSCCH and PSSCH with the smallest metric of RSSI to their respective candidate resource sets S B .
  • the UE may select the resources of PSCCH and PSSCH that lie in the same time slots from their respective PSCCH and PSSCH candidate resource sets S B , rather than randomly selecting the resources of PSCCH and PSSCH independently.
  • the UE randomly selects the resources for PSCCH and PSSCH that lie in the same time slot.
  • the UE moves another (pre)configured number of candidate resources for PSCCH and PSSCH with the smallest metric of RSSI to their respective candidate resource sets S B .
  • the method 2200 in step 2202 starts PSCCH resource selection.
  • the method 2200 in step 2204 determines that S A is initialized to the union of all the candidate single-slot resources.
  • the set S B is initialized to an empty set.
  • the method 2200 excludes PSCCH resources from S A that are reserved by decoded SCIs with RSRP higher than a PSCCH threshold.
  • the method 2200 moves PSCCH resources with smallest RSSI to PSCCH candidate resource sets S B .
  • the method 2200 determines whether there are any available candidate PSCCH/PSSCH resources in S B that lie in the same frequency RBs.
  • step 2218 if there are available candidate PSCCH/PSSCH resources, the method 2200 in step 2220 randomly selects the resources for PSCCH and PSSCH that lie in the same frequency RBs, and then the method 2200 ends the method in step 2230 . In step 2218 , if there are no available candidate PSCCH/PSSCH resources, the method 2200 performs step 2222 . In step 2222 , the method 2200 determines there are any candidate resources for PSCCH and PSSCH that can be moved from S A to S B .
  • step 2222 if there are candidate resources for PSCCH and PSSCH, the method 2200 in step 2226 moves another set of PSCCH resources from S A with smallest RSSI to PSCCH candidate resource sets S B and moves in step 2228 another set of PSSCH resources from S A with smallest RSSI to PSSCH candidate resource sets S B . If there are no candidate resources for PSCCH and PSSCH in step 2222 , the method 2200 increases both/either PSCCH-RSRP threshold and/or PSSCH-RSRP by a delta dB value in step 2224 , and then procedure performs step 2202 . The method 2200 start PSCCH resource selection in step 2210 .
  • the method 2200 in step 2212 determines that S A is initialized to the union of all the candidate single-slot resources.
  • the set S B is initialized to an empty set.
  • the method 2200 excludes PSSCH resources that are reserved by decoded SCIs with RSRP higher than a PSSCH threshold.
  • the method 2200 moves PSSCH resources with smallest RSSI to PSSCH candidate resource sets S B and then the method 2200 performs step 2218 .
  • FIG. 23 illustrates another flowchart of a method 2300 for resource allocation procedures according to embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the embodiment of method 2300 illustrated in FIG. 23 is for illustration only.
  • FIG. 23 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • the whole resource allocation procedure is shown in FIG. 23 .
  • the PSCCH and its associated PSSCH are multiplexed in the same slot.
  • the resource allocation procedure for PSCCH and PSSCH can be the same one, i.e., there is only one resource allocation procedure for both PSCCH and PSSCH. But different UEs share the same resource pool for both PSCCH and PSSCH.
  • the set S A is initialized to the union of all the candidate single-slot resources.
  • the set S B is initialized to an empty set.
  • the UE needs to decode possible SCIs and exclude all resources from S A that are reserved and indicated by the decoded SCIs of other UEs for the following reservation intervals within the selection window with the PSCCH-RSRP/PSSCH-RSRP measurement higher than a PSCCH-RSRP/PSSCH-RSRP threshold. Because different UEs may have both/either different numbers of OFDM symbols and/or different numbers of frequency RBs for corresponding PSCCH, blind decoding is required for each SCI by trying both/either different numbers of OFDM symbols and/or different numbers of frequency RBs for each SCI.
  • the UE moves a (pre)configured number of candidate resources for PSCCH and PSSCH with the smallest metric of RSSI to the candidate resource set S B .
  • the UE randomly selects one of the resources for PSCCH and PSSCH from set S B .
  • aperiodic services utilize the same resource pool as that of semi-persistent/periodic services
  • the UE needs to exclude resources from S A that are reserved and indicated by SCIs for aperiodic services.
  • the UE needs to perform linear average of RSSI of past resources in the sensing window that don't overlap with resources occupied by aperiodic services.
  • the method 2300 in step 2302 starts PSCCH resource selection.
  • the method 2300 in step 2304 determines that S A is initialized to the union of all the candidate single-slot resources and the set S B is initialized to an empty set.
  • the method 2300 excludes PSCCH resources from S A that are reserved by decoded SCIs with RSRP higher than a PSCCH threshold.
  • the method 2300 moves PSCCH resources with smallest RSSI to PSCCH candidate resource sets S B .
  • the method 2300 determines whether there are any available candidate PSCCH/PSSCH resources in S B that lies in the same time slot.
  • step 2318 if there are available candidate PSCCH/PSSCH resources, the method 2300 in step 2320 randomly select the resources for PSCCH and PSSCH that lie in the same frequency RBs. And the method 2300 ends the method 2300 in step 2330 . In step 2318 , if there are no available candidate PSCCH/PSSCH resources, the method 2300 performs step 2322 . In step 2322 , the method 2300 determines there are any candidate resources for PSCCH and PSSCH that can be moved from S A to S B .
  • step 2322 if there are candidate resources for PSCCH and PSSCH, the method 2300 in step 2326 moves another set of PSCCH resources from S A with smallest RSSI to PSCCH candidate resource sets S B and in step 2328 moves another set of PSSCH resources from S A with smallest RSSI to PSSCH candidate resource sets S B . If there are no candidate resources for PSCCH and PSSCH in step 2322 , the method 2300 increases both/either PSCCH-RSRP threshold and/or PSSCH-RSRP by a delta dB value in step 2324 , and then procedure performs step 2302 . The method 2300 starts PSCCH resource selection in step 2310 .
  • the method 2300 in step 2312 determines that S A is initialized to the union of all the candidate single-slot resources.
  • the set S B is initialized to an empty set.
  • the method 2300 excludes PSSCH resources that are reserved by decoded SCIs with RSRP higher than a PSSCH threshold.
  • the method 2300 moves PSSCH resources with smallest RSSI to PSSCH candidate resource sets S B and then the method 2300 performs step 2318 .
  • the sensing occasion can be slot based if the resource allocation is slot based, or sensing occasion can be mini-slot based if the resource allocation is mini-slot based.
  • option 1A where PSCCH and the associated PSSCH are multiplexed in different slots
  • option 1B where PSCCH and the associated PSSCH are multiplexed in different slots
  • PSCCH and its associated PSSCH can be located in different slots, there are opportunities that in one slot, the PSCCH symbols are occupied, but PSSCH symbols are not occupied. Therefore, for LBT procedure, the sensing occasion may start in the middle of the slot.
  • the UE finds a set of candidate resources for LBT that are consecutive in both frequency domain and time domain and can meet the latency requirement for aperiodic/periodic traffic transmission.
  • the set S A is initialized to all the T-F resources in the selection window.
  • the set S B is initialized to an empty set. If aperiodic services utilize the same resource pool as semi-persistent/periodic services, the UE needs to decode possible SCIs and exclude all resources from S A that partly or fully overlap with the resources that are reserved and indicated by the decoded SCIs of other UEs for the following reservation intervals within the selection window with the PSCCH-RSRP/PSSCH-RSRP measurement higher than a PSCCH-RSRP/PSSCH-RSRP threshold.
  • the UE also needs to exclude resources from S A that are reserved and indicated by SCIs for aperiodic services. Because different UEs may have both/either different numbers of OFDM symbols and/or different numbers of frequency RBs for corresponding PSCCH, blind decoding is required for each SCI by trying both/either different numbers of OFDM symbols and/or different numbers of frequency RBs for each SCI.
  • the UE moves a (pre)configured number of candidate resources that meet the resource amount requirement for LBT detection to the candidate resource set S B e.g., with the smallest metric of RSSI in the sensing window or with longest number of available consecutive time slots.
  • the UE When calculating RSSI, the UE needs to perform linear average of RSSI for past resources in the sensing window that don't overlap with resources occupied by aperiodic services. If there are no candidate resource sets in S B , one option is to increase a PSSCH-RSRP threshold iteratively by a delta dB until there are a (pre)configured number of candidate resources in set S B .
  • FIG. 24 illustrates an example frequency resource allocation 2400 according to embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the embodiment of the frequency resource allocation 2400 illustrated in FIG. 24 is for illustration only.
  • FIG. 24 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • the UE needs one frequency resource in three consecutive slots to transmit a bursty/periodic packet.
  • the UE excludes the resources that are reserved by other UEs from S A and moved the candidate resources of consecutive slots to S B . So there are three candidate resources in S B numbered 1 , 2 and 3 for LBT in FIG. 24 . If a (pre)configured number of candidate resources is 2, the UE needs to move only 2 candidate resources to S B . If the longest number of available consecutive time slots for candidate resources is used as the metric to select candidate resources to move to S B , the candidate resources numbered 2 and 3 in FIG. 24 are moved to S B for LBT. If the smallest metric of RSSI is used as the metric to select candidate resources, and the candidate resources numbered 1 and 2 have the lowest metric of RSSI, candidate resources numbered 1 and 2 in FIG. 24 are moved to S B for LBT.
  • the UE may use all or select only some of the candidate resources from set S B and does LBT resource sensing on these candidate resources respectively.
  • the resource allocation is slot based or mini-slot based for option 1A where PSCCH and the associated PSSCH are multiplexed in the same slot, option 1B where PSCCH and the associated PSSCH are multiplexed in the same slot and option 2 and option 3, the sensing occasion for LBT on each candidate resource is slot aligned or mini-slot aligned.
  • Another option is the sensing occasion for LBT on each candidate resource may start from any OFDM symbol that is not excluded from set S A .
  • the sensing occasion for LBT on each candidate resource may start from any OFDM symbol that is not excluded from set S A and not occupied by PSCCH symbols.
  • the LBT procedure is provided on each candidate resource selected for LBT.
  • N init is a random number uniformly distributed between 0 and CW p , and go to step 4.
  • the LBT procedure senses the channel for additional slot duration, and if the additional slot duration is idle, goes to step 4; else, goes to step 5.
  • the LBT procedure senses the channel until either a busy slot is detected within an additional defer duration T d or all the slots of the additional defer duration T d are detected to be idle. In one example, if the channel is sensed to be idle during all slot durations of the additional defer duration T d , the LBT procedure goes to step 4; else, goes to step 5.
  • the LBT procedure is provided on each candidate resource selected for LBT. The difference is that whenever the UE detects any transmission in current resource allocation slot, the LBT procedure is paused in current resource allocation slot. The UE may not resume the LBT until next available resource allocation slot.
  • N in next slot can be decreased by a value (e.g., n) to N-n.
  • n may be configured by higher layers or set by the UE itself.
  • the initial N at the beginning of each LBT can be configured by higher layers or set by the UE itself.
  • the slot duration and defer duration T d defined here can be configured to be a symbol duration or more or less than a symbol duration.
  • the UE can (e.g., randomly or select the candidate channel with the longest available consecutive time slots) select one of the candidate channels to continue the following transmission.
  • the UE can transmit some data on one of the candidate channels until the timing comes to a slot or mini-slot time point.
  • This data may be data for other purposes other than aperiodic/periodic traffic packets. From the start of next slot or mini-slot, the UE starts to transmit the aperiodic/periodic packet. This data may also be data for other purposes other than aperiodic/periodic traffic packets followed by part of the aperiodic/periodic traffic packets (including either PSCCH or PSSCH or both).
  • FIG. 25 illustrates an example frequency and time resource allocation 2500 according to embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the embodiment of the frequency and time resource allocation 2500 illustrated in FIG. 25 is for illustration only.
  • FIG. 25 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • FIG. 26 illustrates another example frequency and time resource allocation 2600 according to embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the embodiment of the frequency and time resource allocation 2600 illustrated in FIG. 26 is for illustration only.
  • FIG. 26 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • FIG. 27 illustrates yet another example frequency and time resource allocation 2700 according to embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the embodiment of the frequency and time resource allocation 2700 illustrated in FIG. 27 is for illustration only.
  • FIG. 27 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • FIG. 28 illustrates yet another example frequency and time resource allocation 2800 according to embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the embodiment of the frequency and time resource allocation 2800 illustrated in FIG. 28 is for illustration only.
  • FIG. 28 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • FIG. 29 illustrates yet another example frequency and time resource allocation 2900 according to embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the embodiment of the frequency and time resource allocation 2900 illustrated in FIG. 29 is for illustration only.
  • FIG. 29 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • FIG. 30 illustrates yet another example frequency and time resource allocation 3000 according to embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the embodiment of the frequency and time resource allocation 3000 illustrated in FIG. 30 is for illustration only.
  • FIG. 30 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • the data may be a separate control channel that indicates the resources reserved by the following PSCCH and PSSCH.
  • the timing point when this data is transmitted may be aligned with a unit of m symbols in order to reduce blind decoding complexity.
  • the receiver UE may decode this data starting at some fixed symbols.
  • the number of symbols that this data occupies may be fixed or configured to l symbols.
  • the bandwidth that this data occupies may be the same as that of PSCCH and/or PSSCH symbols. In order to reduce blind decoding complexity, the bandwidth that this data occupies may also be fixed to a number of RBs. Other resources or resources on symbols that are not occupied by this data may be used to transmit some trash data so that other UEs may be aware that resources are occupied by another UE when performing LBT.
  • This data may carry a time or frequency domain or both domains resource allocation information of PSCCH that can reduce the blind decoding complexity for PSCCH.
  • the data may be a separate control channel that indicates the resources reserved by the following PSCCH and PSSCH.
  • the timing point when this data is transmitted may be aligned with a unit of m symbols in order to reduce blind decoding complexity.
  • the receiver UE may decode this data starting at some fixed symbols.
  • the number of symbols that this data occupies may be fixed or configured to l symbols.
  • a repetition of this data may be performed until the end of the slot that can improve the decoding performance if there are sufficient symbols available for repetition transmission.
  • the bandwidth that this data occupies may be the same as that of PSCCH and/or PSSCH symbols. In order to reduce blind decoding complexity, the bandwidth that this data occupies may also be fixed to a number of RBs. Other resources or resources on symbols that are not occupied by this data may be used to transmit some trash data so that other UEs may be aware that resources are occupied by another UE when performing LBT.
  • This data may carry a time or frequency domain or both domains resource allocation information of PSCCH that can reduce the blind decoding complexity for PSCCH.
  • the data may be PSCCH itself that indicates the resources reserved by the following PSSCH.
  • the timing point when this PSCCH is transmitted may be aligned with a unit of m symbols in order to reduce blind decoding complexity.
  • the receiver UE may decode this PSCCH starting at some fixed symbols.
  • the number of symbols that this PSCCH occupies may be fixed or configured to l symbols.
  • Following this PSCCH are the PSSCH symbols.
  • the bandwidth that this PSCCH occupies may be the same as that of PSSCH symbols. In order to reduce blind decoding complexity, the bandwidth that this data occupies may also be fixed to a number of RBs. Other resources or resources on symbols that are not occupied by this PSCCH may be used to transmit some trash data so that other UEs may be aware that resources are occupied by another UE when performing LBT.
  • the data may be PSCCH itself that indicates the resources reserved by the following PSSCH.
  • the timing point when this PSCCH is transmitted may be aligned with a unit of m symbols in order to reduce blind decoding complexity.
  • the receiver UE may decode this PSCCH starting at some fixed symbols.
  • the number of symbols that this PSCCH occupies may be fixed or configured to l symbols.
  • a repetition of this PSCCH may be performed that can improve the decoding performance if there are sufficient symbols available for repetition transmission.
  • the bandwidth that this PSCCH occupies may be the same as that of PSSCH symbols. In order to reduce blind decoding complexity, the bandwidth that this data occupies may also be fixed to a number of RBs. Other resources or resources on symbols that are not occupied by this PSCCH may be used to transmit some trash data so that other UEs may be aware that resources are occupied by another UE when performing LBT.
  • the data is reservation data only for reservation purpose.
  • the exact data is up to UE implementation.
  • the PSCCH/PSSCH is transmitted in the next slot.
  • slot n is for sensing slot.
  • the remaining symbols other than for sensing purpose in the sensing slot is used for data other than PSCCH/PSSCH transmission.
  • the data is only for reservation purpose. From slot n+1, PSCCH/PSSCH is started for transmission.
  • the data is reservation data only for reservation purpose.
  • the exact data is up to UE implementation.
  • the PSCCH/PSSCH is transmitted in the next slot.
  • slot n is for sensing slot.
  • the remaining symbols other than for sensing purpose in the sensing slot is used for data other than PSCCH/PSSCH transmission.
  • the data is only for reservation purpose. From slot n+1, PSCCH/PSSCH is started for transmission.
  • the UE For the data transmitted in each sensing slot, only at symbols where other UEs may perform sensing data is transmitted by a UE for reservation purpose when the UE senses the channel to be idle. In one example, when a UE performs sensing at symbol 1 in slot n to be idle, the UE may transmit data only at symbols 4 , 7 , 10 and 13 for reservation purpose. In this example, it is assumed that UEs perform sensing only at symbols 1 , 4 , 7 , 10 and 13 .
  • the UE For the data transmitted in each sensing slot, only at symbols where other UEs may perform sensing data is transmitted by a UE for reservation purpose when the UE senses the channel to be idle. In the frequency domain, only subcarriers where other UEs may perform sensing data are transmitted for reservation purpose. In one example, when a UE performs sensing at symbol 1 in slot n to be idle on some of the subcarriers, the UE may transmit data only at symbols 4 , 7 , 10 and 13 for reservation purpose on some of the subcarriers. In this example, it is assumed that UEs perform sensing only at symbols 1 , 4 , 7 , 10 and 13 on some of the subcarriers.
  • Different UEs may send data in some or all of the subcarriers for reservation purpose.
  • the subcarriers that can be used for transmission can be (pre)configured in each OFDM sensing symbol.
  • the location of the subcarriers can also be different.
  • the location of the subcarriers can also be different. For example, one subcarrier every RB in a fixed location in an OFDM sensing symbol is (pre)configured to transmit data for reservation purpose.
  • the subcarrier's location can vary.
  • the subcarriers that can be used for transmission for different UEs in each OFDM sensing symbol can also be (pre)configured to be different. In this case, the UE can select the subcarrier(s) location among the (pre)configuration(s).
  • the subcarriers used for reservation can differ from one OFDM sensing symbol to another OFDM sensing symbol.
  • the subcarriers used for reservation can differ from the subcarriers for another UE in each OFDM sensing symbol.
  • option 5 e.g., illustrated in FIG. 25
  • option 6 e.g., illustrated in FIGS. 26 to 29
  • the data in the sensing slot is transmitted only for reservation purpose
  • the data is not necessarily transmitted with the same power as the PSCCH/PSSCH power.
  • a lower transmission power than PSCCH/PSSCH is required for a lower impact on the AGC of other UEs receiving data in the slot.
  • a power offset of the data for reservation purpose to PSCCH/PSSCH may be specified or predefined.
  • the data is PSSCH only data in slot n.
  • the PSCCH/PSSCH is transmitted in the next slot.
  • slot n is for sensing slot.
  • the remaining symbols other than for sensing purpose in the sensing slot is used for data of PSSCH only transmission. From slot n+1, PSCCH/PSSCH is started for transmission.
  • FIG. 31 illustrates yet another example frequency and time resource allocation 3100 according to embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the embodiment of the frequency and time resource allocation 3100 illustrated in FIG. 31 is for illustration only.
  • FIG. 31 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • option 1A where PSCCH and the associated PSSCH are multiplexed in the same slot
  • option 1B where PSCCH and the associated PSSCH are multiplexed in the same slot and option 2 and option 3.
  • the UE does the LBT starting from slot n, where the UE detects the channel to be idle for 7 OFDM symbols. Before transmission, the UE needs to perform RX-RX switching at OFDM symbol 8 .
  • this data in slot n may be a separate control channel followed by the PSCCH and PSSCH. If this separate control channel occupies 2 symbols and aligned with a unit of 2 symbols, the separate control channel is transmitted at OFDM symbols 9 - 10 . From OFDM symbols 11 in slot n to slot n+1, the UE transmits the PSCCH and PSSCH of the aperiodic/periodic packet.
  • this data in slot n may be a separate control channel with repetitions. If this separate control channel occupies 2 symbols and aligned with a unit of 2 symbols, the separate control channel is transmitted at OFDM symbols 9 - 10 with repetitions at OFDM symbols 11 - 12 and 13 - 14 . From slot n+1, the UE begins to transmit the PSCCH and PSSCH of the aperiodic/periodic packet.
  • this data in slot n may be the PSCCH. If this PSCCH occupies 2 symbols and aligned with a unit of 2 symbols, the PSCCH is transmitted at OFDM symbols 9 - 10 . From OFDM symbols 11 in slot n to slot n+1, the UE transmits the PSSCH of the aperiodic/periodic packet.
  • this data in slot n may be the PSCCH with repetitions. If this PSCCH occupies 2 symbols and aligned with a unit of 2 symbols, the PSCCH is transmitted at OFDM symbols 9 - 10 with repetitions at OFDM symbols 11 - 12 and 13 - 14 . From slot n+1, the UE begins to transmit the PSSCH of the aperiodic/periodic packet.
  • FIG. 32 illustrates yet another example frequency and time resource allocation 3200 according to embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the embodiment of frequency and time resource allocation 3200 illustrated in FIG. 32 is for illustration only.
  • FIG. 32 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • option 1B where PSCCH and the associated PSSCH are multiplexed in different slots.
  • the UE starts the LBT in slot n from OFDM symbol 3 , where the UE detects the channel to be idle for 5 OFDM symbols from OFDM symbol 3 - 7 (OFDM symbol 1 - 2 is used for PSCCH and occupied by PSCCH). Before transmission, the UE needs to perform Rx-Tx switching at OFDM symbol 8 .
  • this data in slot n may be a separate control channel followed by the PSCCH and PSSCH. If this separate control channel occupies 2 symbols and aligned with a unit of 2 symbols, the separate control channel is transmitted at OFDM symbols 9 - 10 . From OFDM symbols 11 in slot n to slot n+1, the UE transmits the PSCCH and PSSCH of the aperiodic/periodic packet.
  • this data in slot n may be a separate control channel with repetitions. If this separate control channel occupies 2 symbols and aligned with a unit of 2 symbols, the separate control channel is transmitted at OFDM symbols 9 - 10 with repetitions at OFDM symbols 11 - 12 and 13 - 14 . From slot n+1, the UE begins to transmit the PSCCH and PSSCH of the aperiodic/periodic packet.
  • this data in slot n may be the PSCCH. If this PSCCH occupies 2 symbols and aligned with a unit of 2 symbols, the PSCCH is transmitted at OFDM symbols 9 - 10 . From OFDM symbols 11 in slot n to slot n ⁇ 1, the UE transmits the PSSCH of the aperiodic/periodic packet.
  • this data in slot n may be the PSCCH with repetitions. If this PSCCH occupies 2 symbols and aligned with a unit of 2 symbols, the PSCCH is transmitted at OFDM symbols 9 - 10 with repetitions at OFDM symbols 11 - 12 and 13 - 14 . From slot n+1, the UE begins to transmit the PSSCH of the aperiodic/periodic packet.
  • FIG. 33 illustrates yet another example frequency and time resource allocation 3300 according to embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the embodiment of the frequency and time resource allocation 3300 illustrated in FIG. 33 is for illustration only.
  • FIG. 33 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • FIG. 34 illustrates yet another example frequency and time resource allocation 3400 according to embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the embodiment of the frequency and time resource allocation 3400 illustrated in FIG. 34 is for illustration only.
  • FIG. 34 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • FIG. 35 illustrates yet another example frequency and time resource allocation 3500 according to embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the embodiment of the frequency and time resource allocation 3500 illustrated in FIG. 35 is for illustration only.
  • FIG. 35 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • a solution to this problem is as follows.
  • a constraint on the number the counter N can be applied. If the counter N takes the numbers of 0, 1, 3, 5 . . . or 0, 2, 4, . . . , then the collision can be avoided. That means there is a difference of at least 2 between any two numbers that the counter N can take except the number 0.
  • the UE 2 senses the channel to be busy and may not start the data transmission.
  • a resource collision due to half-duplex between the UE 1 and the UE 2 can be avoided.
  • the first symbol only in the sensing slot may be used for sensing.
  • the first symbol may include three parts: a sensing part, a GP part (guard period), and an AGC (automatic gain control) part.
  • a sensing part may include three parts: a sensing part, a GP part (guard period), and an AGC (automatic gain control) part.
  • AGC automatic gain control
  • FIG. 35 shows the structure for the first symbol used in the sensing.
  • each UE senses in a period of time (sensing part) that is (pre)configured or determined by the UE itself. If the symbol is sensed to be idle, the UE can start a transmission from the AGC part after the GP time.
  • the sensing time length difference between different UEs may be at least be greater than a GP length so that a UE with a larger sensing time may still be performing sensing when the other UE with a smaller sensing time starts an AGC transmission.
  • an aperiodic service may need consecutive slot resources for bursty packet transmissions. Consecutive slot resources are also useful for sensing in both periodic and aperiodic services because periodic and aperiodic services need to know how long the aperiodic service may occupy the T-F resources. A number of consecutive slots of T-F resources are useful to indicate in the control channel to other UEs how long the UE needs to occupy the T-F resources. The UE performing sensing may exclude the resources that are reserved by aperiodic services. Three cases needs to be considered depending upon the services that are multiplexed in the same resource pool.
  • the UE autonomously selects a subset of resources from set S B that are neighboring with other excluded resources in the frequency domain and in the same time slot. If there are more than one resource in the selected subset, the UE may randomly select one resource from the subset.
  • the UE selects a subset of resources from set S B that are located in the same frequency as resources that are excluded from set S A , but differ (e.g., neighboring) in the time domain. If there are more than one resource in the selected subset, the UE may randomly select one resource from the subset.
  • the UE autonomously select the resources from set S B to perform LBT that are neighboring with other excluded resources in the time domain, but in the same resources as or overlapping with those excluded resources in the frequency domain.
  • the UE autonomously selects a subset of resources from set S B that are neighboring with other excluded resources in the frequency domain.
  • the UE autonomously selects a subset of resources from set S B that are neighboring with other excluded resources in the frequency domain and in the same time slot. If there are more than one resource in the selected subset, the UE may randomly select one resource from the subset.
  • the UE selects a subset of resources from set S B that are located in the same frequency as resources that are excluded from set S A , but neighboring in the time domain. If there are more than one resource in the selected subset, the UE may randomly select one resource from the subset.
  • the UE autonomously selects the resources from set S B to perform LBT that are neighboring with other excluded resources in the time domain, but in the same resources as or overlapping with those excluded resources in the frequency domain.
  • the UE autonomously selects a subset of resources from set S B that are neighboring with other excluded resources in the frequency domain.
  • a physical sidelink feedback channel (PSFCH) is defined and it is supported to convey SFCI for unicast and groupcast via PSFCH.
  • Sensing procedure is defined as SCI decoding from other UEs and/or sidelink measurements: information extracted from SCI decoding; sidelink measurements used; UE behavior and timescale of sensing procedure; it is up to further discussion whether SFCI is to be used in sensing procedure; and sensing procedure can be discussed in the context of other modes.
  • Resource (re)-selection procedure uses results of sensing procedure to determine resource(s) for sidelink transmission: timescale and conditions for resource selection or re-selection; resource selection/re-selection details for PSCCH and PSSCH transmissions; PSFCH (e.g. whether resource (re)-selection procedure based on sensing is used or there is a dependency/association b/w PSCCH/PSSCH and PSFCH resource); and impact of sidelink QoS attributes on resource selection/re-selection procedure.
  • PSFCH e.g. whether resource (re)-selection procedure based on sensing is used or there is a dependency/association b/w PSCCH/PSSCH and PSFCH resource
  • SCI Sidelink control information
  • PSCCH PSCCH
  • SCI includes at least one SCI format which includes the information necessary to decode the corresponding PSSCH: NDI, if defined, is a part of SCI.
  • SFCI Sidelink feedback control information
  • SFCI includes at least one SFCI format which includes HARQ-ACK for the corresponding PSSCH: whether a solution may use only one of “ACK,” “NACK,” “DTX,” or use a combination of them. How to include other feedback information (if supported) in SFCI may be provided. How to convey SFCI on sidelink in PSCCH, and/or PSSCH, and/or a new physical sidelink channel may be provided.
  • Mode 1 it may be provided: whether/how to convey information for SCI on downlink; and whether/how to convey information of SFCI on uplink.
  • At least two sidelink resource allocation modes are defined for NR-V2X sidelink communication.
  • base station schedules sidelink resource(s) to be used by UE for sidelink transmission(s).
  • a UE determines (i.e. base station does not schedule) sidelink transmission resource(s) within sidelink resources configured by base station/network or pre-configured sidelink resources.
  • an eNB control of NR sidelink and gNB control of LTE sidelink resources may be separately considered in corresponding agenda items.
  • Mode-2 definition covers potential sidelink radio-layer functionality or resource allocation sub-modes (subject to further refinement including merging of some or all of them) where: a UE autonomously selects sidelink resource for transmission; a UE assists sidelink resource selection for other UE(s); a UE is configured with NR configured grant (type-1 like) for sidelink transmission; and/or a UE schedules sidelink transmissions of other UEs.
  • NR sidelink supports at least a PSFCH format which uses last symbol(s) available for sidelink in a slot.
  • a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) carries the uplink control information (UCI) from the UE to the gNB.
  • UCI uplink control information
  • Format #0 a short PUCCH of 1 or 2 symbols with small UCI payloads of up to two bits with UE multiplexing capacity of up to 6 UEs with 1-bit payload in the same PRB.
  • Format #3 a long PUCCH of 4-14 symbols with large UCI payloads with no UE multiplexing capability in the same PRBs.
  • Format #4 a long PUCCH of 4-14 symbols with moderate UCI payloads with multiplexing capacity of up to 4 UEs in the same PRBs.
  • the short PUCCH format of up to two UCI bits is based on sequence selection, while the short PUCCH format of more than two UCI bits frequency multiplexes UCI and DMRS.
  • the long PUCCH formats time-multiplex the UCI and DMRS. Frequency hopping is supported for long PUCCH formats and for short PUCCH formats of duration of 2 symbols. Long PUCCH formats can be repeated over multiple slots.
  • Sidelink measurement for reservation signal can be used for excluding resources that are indicated by the reservation signal in the sensing procedure.
  • the multiple PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurements can be used for excluding resources in the sensing procedure.
  • the multiple PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurements can be used for excluding resources in the sensing procedure.
  • the multi-port DMRS PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurements can be used for excluding resources in the sensing procedure.
  • a CSI request field in the DCI format from the gNB to a transmitter UE can be used to trigger the sidelink CSI reporting by a receiver UE, or/and indicate a sidelink T-F resource for CSI reporting by a receiver UE.
  • a CSI-RS request field in the DCI format from the gNB to a transmitter UE can be used to trigger the sidelink CSI-RS transmission by a receiver UE, or/and indicate a sidelink T-F resource for CSI-RS transmission by a receiver UE.
  • the resource where sidelink CSI reporting is transmitted can be indicated in a DCI format that schedules a sidelink resource for a transmitter UE.
  • a PSFCH format can occupy a multiple of PRBs and can repeat in each RB or subchannel.
  • the sequence or cyclic shift of the sequence used in each RB for the PSFCH format may be the same or vary at least depending upon an RB position, or/and other factors such as destination ID of the associated PSCCH, or/and source ID of the associated PSCCH, or/and starting/ending subchannel ID for the associated PSCCH/PSSCH, or/and CRC of the associated PSCCH.
  • the DCI format that schedules a sidelink resource for a transmitter UE may contain sidelink traffic type e.g., unicast, groupcast, and broadcast.
  • a reservation signal resource used by a transmitter UE to reserve resources for the following (re)transmissions may be allocated by the gNB and indicated in the DCI format that schedules the sidelink resource for the transmitter UE.
  • a resource type field in the SCI format is used to indicate the sidelink resource is periodic/semi-persistent resource for periodic traffic or one-shot resource for aperiodic traffic.
  • resource reservation field is interpreted as the resource reservation interval.
  • resource reservation field can be interpreted as the channel occupancy time.
  • the UE sends the ACK or NACK or DTX corresponding to the PSCCH/PSSCH with the strongest PSCCH/PSSCH-RSRP in the associated HARQ ACK/NACK resource when more than one SCI is received and decoded in the same T-F resource by a receiver UE and indicates a same HARQ ACK/NACK resource.
  • a reservation signal is used for reserving sidelink resources for the following PSCCH/PSSCH transmission(s) and/or retransmission(s).
  • a reservation signal transmitted by a UE is received by other UEs, it can be used by other UEs to whether or not exclude resources that are reserved by this UE.
  • a reservation signal may be in a form of SCI/PSCCH without associated PSSCH that has lower decoding SINR than that of the following reserved PSCCH/PSSCH. In this case, if a reservation signal is decoded correctly, the following reserved PSCCH/PSSCH resources may still be used for the transmission of other UEs.
  • RSRP measurements of the reservation signal may be used as a criterion to exclude resources reserved by the UE. If RSRP measurement of the reservation signal is higher than a threshold, the reserved PSCCH/PSSCH resource indicated by the reservation signal may be excluded by other UEs for resource selection. If RSRP measurement of the reservation signal is lower than a threshold, the reserved PSCCH/PSSCH resource indicated by the reservation signal may be considered by other UEs for resource selection.
  • a reservation signal may be in a form of SCI/PSCCH+PSSCH.
  • PSCCH/PSSCH resources reserved for one or all retransmissions of a TB can be indicated by the previous PSCCH/PSSCH transmission or retransmission that can serve as a reservation signal.
  • PSCCH/PSSCH resources reserved for next transmission can be indicated by the previous PSCCH/PSSCH transmission that can serve a reservation signal.
  • PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP of the reservation signal may be used as a criterion to exclude resource reserved by the UE.
  • PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurement of the reservation signal is higher than a threshold, the reserved PSCCH/PSSCH resource indicated by the reservation signal may be excluded by other UEs for resource selection. If PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurement of the reservation signal is lower than a threshold, the reserved PSCCH/PSSCH resource indicated by the reservation signal may be considered by other UEs for resource selection.
  • a decoded SCI that is received by a UE and transmitted from another UE for aperiodic transmissions indicates a reserved transmission resource that is located in the following slots falling within the selection window of the UE.
  • the UE may measure the PSCCH/PSSCH-RSRP of the decoded SCI and PSSCH. If PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurement of the decoded SCI and PSSCH is higher than a threshold, the reserved PSCCH/PSSCH resource indicated by the decoded SCI may be excluded by the UE for resource selection.
  • PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurement of the decoded SCI and PSSCH is lower than a threshold, the reserved PSCCH/PSSCH resource indicated by the decoded SCI may be considered by the UE for resource selection.
  • PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurement can be PSSCH/PSCCH-DMRS-RSRP.
  • Each decoded SCI may indicate a same reserved PSCCH/PSSCH resource.
  • each decoded SCI indicates the channel occupancy time for the following slots.
  • the following sidelink measurements can be applied.
  • an average of the multiple PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurements of the decoded SCIs and their associated PSSCHs that indicates a same reserved PSCCH/PSSCH resource can be used as a criterion for resource exclusion in the sensing procedure.
  • the reserved PSCCH/PSSCH resource indicated by the decoded SCIs may be excluded by the UE for resource selection. If the average of the multiple PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurements of the decoded SCIs and their associated PSSCH is lower than a threshold, the reserved PSCCH/PSSCH resource indicated by the decoded SCIs may be considered by the UE for resource selection.
  • the highest value of the multiple PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurements of the decoded SCIs and their associated PSSCHs that indicates a same reserved PSCCH/PSSCH resource can be used as a criterion for resource exclusion in the sensing procedure.
  • the reserved PSCCH/PSSCH resource indicated by the decoded SCIs may be excluded by the UE for resource selection. If the highest of the multiple PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurements of the decoded SCIs and their associated PSSCH is lower than a threshold, the reserved PSCCH/PSSCH resource indicated by the decoded SCIs may be considered by the UE for resource selection.
  • the lowest value of the multiple PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurements of the decoded SCIs and their associated PSSCHs that indicates a same reserved PSCCH/PSSCH resource can be used as a criterion for resource exclusion in the sensing procedure.
  • the reserved PSCCH/PSSCH resource indicated by the decoded SCIs may be excluded by the UE for resource selection. If the lowest of the multiple PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurements of the decoded SCIs and their associated PSSCH is lower than a threshold, the reserved PSCCH/PSSCH resource indicated by the decoded SCIs may be considered by the UE for resource selection.
  • a decoded SCI that is received by a UE and transmitted from another UE for periodic transmissions indicates a reserved transmission resource that is located in the following slots falling within the selection window of the UE.
  • the UE may measure the PSCCH/PSSCH-RSRP of the decoded SCI and PSSCH. If PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurement of the decoded SCI and PSSCH is higher than a threshold, the reserved PSCCH/PSSCH resource indicated by the decoded SCI may be excluded by the UE for resource selection.
  • PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurement of the decoded SCI and PSSCH is lower than a threshold, the reserved PSCCH/PSSCH resource indicated by the decoded SCI may be considered by the UE for resource selection.
  • PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurement can be PSSCH/PSCCH-DMRS-RSRP.
  • Multiple decoded SCIs may indicate a same multi-slot reserved PSCCH/PSSCH resource.
  • each decoded SCI indicates a resource by a reservation interval. The following sidelink measurements can be applied.
  • an average of the multiple PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurements of the decoded SCIs and their associated PSSCHs that indicates a same multi-slot reserved PSCCH/PSSCH resource can be used as a criterion for resource exclusion in the sensing procedure.
  • the reserved multi-slot PSCCH/PSSCH resource indicated by the decoded SCIs may be excluded by the UE for resource selection. If the average of the multiple PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurements of the decoded SCIs and their associated PSSCH is lower than a threshold, the reserved multi-slot PSCCH/PSSCH resource indicated by the decoded SCIs may be considered by the UE for resource selection.
  • the highest value of the multiple PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurements of the decoded SCIs and their associated PSSCHs that indicates a same multi-slot reserved PSCCH/PSSCH resource can be used as a criterion for resource exclusion in the sensing procedure.
  • the reserved multi-slot PSCCH/PSSCH resource indicated by the decoded SCIs may be excluded by the UE for resource selection. If the highest of the multiple PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurements of the decoded SCIs and their associated PSSCH is lower than a threshold, the reserved multi-slot PSCCH/PSSCH resource indicated by the decoded SCIs may be considered by the UE for resource selection.
  • the lowest value of the multiple PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurements of the decoded SCIs and their associated PSSCHs that indicates a same multi-slot reserved PSCCH/PSSCH resource can be used as a criterion for resource exclusion in the sensing procedure.
  • the reserved multi-slot PSCCH/PSSCH resource indicated by the decoded SCIs may be excluded by the UE for resource selection. If the lowest of the multiple PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurements of the decoded SCIs and their associated PSSCH is lower than a threshold, the reserved multi-slot PSCCH/PSSCH resource indicated by the decoded SCIs may be considered by the UE for resource selection.
  • the Mode-2 sensing procedure utilizes sidelink measurement of L1 SL-RSRP based on sidelink DMRS when the corresponding SCI is decoded.
  • the sidelink measurement of L1 SL-RSRP can be used at least for resource exclusion. That is, if PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurement of the decoded SCI and/or PSSCH is higher than a threshold, the reserved PSCCH/PSSCH resource indicated by the decoded SCI may be excluded by other UEs for resource selection. If PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurement of the decoded SCI and/or PSSCH is lower than a threshold, the reserved PSCCH/PSSCH resource indicated by the decoded SCI may be considered by other UEs for resource selection.
  • RSRP-PSSCH/PSCCH measurement can be PSSCH/PSCCH-DMRS-RSRP.
  • the following sidelink measurement is applied to the case where one or more than one TB is transmitted with MIMO transmission (spatial multiplexing or transmission diversity) in a same PSCCH/PSSCH resource.
  • MIMO transmission spatial multiplexing or transmission diversity
  • an average of the multiple PSSCH-RSRP measurements of the associated PSSCHs of the decoded SCIs can be used as a criterion for resource exclusion in the sensing procedure shown as above.
  • the highest value of the multiple PSSCH-RSRP measurements of the associated PSSCHs of the decoded SCIs can be used as a criterion for resource exclusion in the sensing procedure shown as above.
  • the lowest value of the multiple PSSCH-RSRP measurements of the associated PSSCHs of the decoded SCIs can be used as a criterion for resource exclusion in the sensing procedure shown as above.
  • an average of the multiple PSCCH-RSRP measurements of the decoded SCIs can be used as a criterion for resource exclusion shown in the sensing procedure shown as above.
  • the highest value of the multiple PSCCH-RSRP measurements of the decoded SCIs can be used as a criterion for resource exclusion shown in the sensing procedure shown as above.
  • the lowest value of the multiple PSCCH-RSRP measurements of the decoded SCIs can be used as a criterion for resource exclusion shown in the sensing procedure shown as above.
  • a sidelink CSI reporting from a receiver UE to a transmitter UE is a sidelink CSI reporting from a receiver UE to a transmitter UE.
  • sidelink CSI reporting from a receiver UE to a transmitter UE can be triggered by a DCI format that schedules a sidelink resource.
  • a field in the DCI format can indicate a sidelink resource for transmission and also indicate whether a CSI reporting needs to be performed by a sidelink receiver UE.
  • the CSI request field in the DCI format doesn't need to indicate sidelink resource for CSI reporting.
  • the CSI request field can be used to only trigger the sidelink CSI reporting by a receiver UE.
  • the transmitter UE may signal to the receiver UE whether or not to perform a CSI reporting from the receiver UE.
  • the CSI request field in the DCI format can be used to not only trigger the sidelink CSI reporting by a receiver UE, but also to indicate a sidelink T-F resource for CSI reporting by a receiver UE.
  • a set of sidelink T-F resources for CSI reporting can be configured by higher layer.
  • the CSI request field in the DCI format can be an index that points to one of the sidelink T-F resources for CSI reporting.
  • the transmitter UE may signal to the receiver UE whether or not to perform CSI reporting from the receiver UE and also a sidelink T-F resource for the receiver UE to report the CSI.
  • sidelink CSI-RS from a receiver UE to a transmitter UE can be triggered by a DCI format that schedules a sidelink resource.
  • a field in the DCI format can indicate a sidelink CSI-RS resource for transmission and also indicate whether a CSI-RS needs to be performed by a sidelink receiver UE.
  • the CSI-RS request field in the DCI format doesn't need to indicate sidelink resource for CSI-RS.
  • the CSI-RS request field can be used to only trigger the sidelink CSI-RS by a receiver UE.
  • the transmitter UE may signal to the receiver UE whether or not to transmit a CSI-RS from the receiver UE.
  • the CSI-RS request field in the DCI format can be used to not only trigger the sidelink CSI-RS by a receiver UE, but also to indicate a sidelink T-F resource for CSI-RS by a receiver UE.
  • a set of sidelink T-F resources for CSI-RS can be configured by higher layer.
  • the CSI-RS request field in the DCI format can be an index that points to one of the sidelink T-F resources for CSI-RS.
  • the transmitter UE may signal to the receiver UE whether or not to transmit CSI-RS from the receiver UE and also a sidelink T-F CSI-RS resource for the receiver UE to transmit the CSI-RS.
  • a sidelink CSI reporting from a UE to a gNB A sidelink CSI reporting from a UE to a gNB.
  • a sidelink CSI reporting needs to be reported to the gNB over Uu interface.
  • the gNB can schedule sidelink resources more efficiently.
  • the resource where sidelink CSI reporting is transmitted can be indicated in a DCI format that schedules a sidelink resource for a transmitter UE used to transmit a data to a receiver UE.
  • the resource where sidelink CSI reporting is reported from a UE to the gNB can be a PUCCH or a PUSCH resource.
  • a set of Uu T-F resources for CSI reporting can be configured by higher layer.
  • the resource in the DCI format can be an index that points to one of the Uu T-F resources for CSI reporting.
  • the resource used for sidelink CSI reporting can be in a separate PUCCH or PUSCH resource as a PUCCH or PUSCH resource used for Uu CSI reporting.
  • the resource used for sidelink CSI reporting can also be a same PUCCH or PUSCH resource as the resource used for Uu CSI reporting.
  • sidelink CSI reporting is multiplexed with Uu CSI reporting in the same Uu CSI resource.
  • a PSFCH format uses last symbol(s) available for sidelink in a slot.
  • a PSFCH format may occupy multiple RBs or even multiple subchannels depending upon the resource occupied by PSCCH/PSSCH.
  • FIG. 36 illustrates an example PSFCH format 3600 according to embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the embodiment of the PSFCH format 3600 illustrated in FIG. 36 is for illustration only.
  • FIG. 36 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • FIG. 36 shows a PSFCH format where multiple RBs are occupied in the same slot and same frequency RBs as PSCCH/PSSCH.
  • a short PUCCH-like format may be utilized.
  • a PSFCH format can be repeated in each RB or subchannel in order to achieve better PSFCH detection performance.
  • sequence or cyclic shift of the sequence used in each RB for the PSFCH format may be the same or vary at least depending upon an RB position.
  • the sequence or cyclic shift of the sequence used in each RB for the PSFCH format may also depend upon other factors such as destination ID of the associated PSCCH, or/and source ID of the associated PSCCH, or/and starting/ending subchannel ID for the associated PSCCH/PSSCH, or/and CRC of the associated PSCCH.
  • the DMRS sequence or cyclic shift of the DMRS sequence used in each RB may be the same or vary at least depending upon an RB position.
  • the sequence or cyclic shift of the DMRS sequence used in each RB for the PSFCH format may also depend upon other factors such as destination ID of the associated PSCCH, or/and source ID of the associated PSCCH or/and starting/ending subchannel ID for the associated PSCCH/PSSCH, or/and CRC of the associated PSCCH.
  • the sequence or cyclic shift of the DMRS sequence used for the PSFCH format may depend upon factors such as destination ID of the associated PSCCH or/and source ID of the associated PSCCH, or/and starting/ending subchannel ID for the associated PSCCH/PSSCH, or/and CRC of the associated PSCCH.
  • the sequence or cyclic shift of the DMRS sequence used for the PSFCH format in each subchannel may depend upon factors such as destination ID of the associated PSCCH, or/and source ID of the associated PSCCH, or/and subchannel ID for the associated PSCCH/PSSCH, or/and CRC of the associated PSCCH.
  • FIG. 37 illustrates another example PSFCH format 3700 according to embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the embodiment of the PSFCH format 3700 illustrated in FIG. 37 is for illustration only.
  • FIG. 37 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • FIG. 38 illustrates yet another example PSFCH format 3800 according to embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the embodiment of the PSFCH format 3800 illustrated in FIG. 38 is for illustration only.
  • FIG. 38 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • FIG. 37 shows a PSFCH format where multiple RBs are occupied not necessarily in the same slot and/or not necessarily in the same frequency RBs as PSCCH/PSSCH. In this case, there is a one-to-one mapping between the frequency RB that a PSFCH format occupies and a subchannel ID of PSCCH/PSSCHs.
  • the PSFCH format has a short format.
  • the PSFCH format has a long format.
  • Each PSFCH may occupy one PRB for both short format and long format.
  • Each PSFCH has a one-to-one mapping with the subchannel ID of PSCCH/PSSCH.
  • PSCCH/PSSCH occupies more than one subchannel, it may have more than one associated PSFCH.
  • multi-PRB PSFCH may be considered.
  • a short or long PUCCH-like format may be utilized.
  • a PSFCH format can be repeated in each RB in order to achieve better PSFCH detection performances.
  • sequence or cyclic shift of the sequence used in each RB for the PSFCH format may be the same or vary at least depending upon an RB position.
  • the sequence or cyclic shift of the sequence used in each RB for the PSFCH format may also depend upon other factors such as destination ID of the associated PSCCH, or/and source ID of the associated PSCCH, or/and subchannel ID for the associated PSCCH/PSSCH, or/and CRC of the associated PSCCH.
  • the DMRS sequence or cyclic shift of the DMRS sequence used in each RB may be the same or vary at least depending upon an RB position.
  • the sequence or cyclic shift of the DMRS sequence used in each RB for the PSFCH format may also depend upon other factors such as destination ID of the associated PSCCH, or/and source ID of the associated PSCCH, or/and subchannel ID for the associated PSCCH/PSSCH, or/and CRC of the associated PSCCH.
  • the sequence or cyclic shift of the DMRS sequence used for the PSFCH format may depend upon factors such as an RB position, destination ID of the associated PSCCH, or/and source ID of the associated PSCCH, or/and starting/ending subchannel ID for the associated PSCCH/PSSCH, or/and CRC of the associated PSCCH.
  • the DCI format that schedules a sidelink resource for a transmitter UE may contain sidelink traffic type e.g., unicast, groupcast, and broadcast.
  • sidelink traffic type e.g., unicast, groupcast, and broadcast.
  • the transmitter UE can perform the corresponding procedure for the specific sidelink traffic type, and signal the corresponding information in the SCI to support the sidelink transmission (e.g., ACK/NACK/CSI reporting triggering for unicast traffic or groupcast traffic).
  • a reservation signal resource used by the transmitter UE to reserve resources for the following (re)transmissions may be allocated by the gNB and indicated in the DCI format that schedules the sidelink resource for the transmitter UE or a separate DCI format.
  • a resource field in the SCI format is used to indicate the sidelink resource is periodic/semi-persistent resource for periodic traffic or one-shot resource for aperiodic traffic.
  • resource reservation field is carried in the SCI format to indicate the resource reservation interval for periodic traffic by the transmitter UE to the receiver UE.
  • resource reservation field can be interpreted as the channel occupancy time for aperiodic traffic.
  • each SCI When more than one SCI is received and decoded in the same T-F resource by a receiver UE, and for these SCIs, each SCI indicates a separate associated PSSCH.
  • the following procedure is applied to how ACK/NACK is feedback by the receiver UE.
  • the following is related to the HARQ feedback where a receiver UE transmits HARQ ACK/NACK.
  • each PSSCH is decoded with the same decoding result (ACK or NACK).
  • the UE sends one ACK or NACK in the ACK/NACK resource.
  • HARQ ACK/NACK resources for these SCIs are in the same T-F resource and same code domain resource, and each PSSCH is not decoded with the same decoding result (ACK or NACK).
  • the UE sends in the associated ACK/NACK resource the ACK/NACK corresponding to the PSCCH/PSSCH with the strongest PSCCH/PSSCH-RSRP.
  • the UE sends ACK or NACK respectively in the corresponding HARQ ACK/NACK resource.
  • the UE When HARQ ACK/NACK resources for these SCIs are in different T-F resources, the UE sends ACK or NACK respectively in the corresponding HARQ ACK/NACK resource.
  • the following is related to the HARQ feedback where the receiver UE transmits only HARQ NACK or DTX.
  • each PSSCH is decoded with the same decoding result (ACK or NACK).
  • the UE sends NACK in the HARQ ACK/NACK resource if the decoding result is NACK, otherwise DTX.
  • HARQ ACK/NACK resources for these SCIs are in the same T-F resource and same code domain resource, and not all PSSCHs are decoded with the same decoding result (ACK or NACK).
  • the UE sends the NACK if the PSCCH/PSSCH with the strongest PSCCH/PSSCH-RSRP has the decoding result of NACK, otherwise DTX.
  • the UE When HARQ ACK/NACK resources for these SCIs are in same T-F resource and different code domain resources, the UE sends NACK or DTX respectively in the corresponding HARQ ACK/NACK resource.
  • the UE When HARQ ACK/NACK resources for these SCIs are in different T-F resources, the UE sends NACK or DTX respectively in the corresponding HARQ ACK/NACK resource.
  • FIG. 39 illustrates a flowchart of a method 3900 for resource selection according to embodiments of the present disclosure, as may be performed by a user equipment (e.g., 111 - 116 as illustrated in FIG. 1 ).
  • the embodiment of the method 3900 illustrated in FIG. 39 is for illustration only. FIG. 39 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • the method 3900 begins at step 3902 .
  • the UE receives, from a second UE via a sidelink, signals including information to select resources for at least one of aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic.
  • the resources in step 3902 for the periodic traffic are determined by a resource reservation interval, and wherein the resources for the aperiodic traffic are determined based on a channel occupancy time.
  • the at least one of aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic transmitted by the first UE has a higher priority to use the resources than traffic of the second UE.
  • the resources for the aperiodic traffic are reserved by a first resource allocation scheme.
  • the first resource allocation scheme is an LBT-like resource allocation scheme.
  • the LBT-like resource allocation scheme is a resource allocation scheme in which a UE reserves or excludes resources for an aperiodic service with bursty traffic (e.g., aperiodic traffic) in a dynamic manner.
  • the resources for the at least one of periodic traffic or aperiodic traffic are reserved by a second resource allocation scheme.
  • the second resource allocation scheme is a long term evolution (LTE)-like autonomous resource allocation scheme, based on an SCI, in which a UE reserves, selects, or excludes resources for semi-persistent or periodic service (e.g., periodic traffic).
  • LTE long term evolution
  • the UE performs the first resource allocation scheme (e.g., LBT-like resource allocation scheme) and the second resource allocation scheme (e.g., LTE-like autonomous resource allocation scheme) in a same resource pool for the resources for the at least one of aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic.
  • the first resource allocation scheme e.g., LBT-like resource allocation scheme
  • the second resource allocation scheme e.g., LTE-like autonomous resource allocation scheme
  • the UE performs the first resource allocation scheme (e.g., LBT-like resource allocation) and the second resource allocation scheme (e.g., LTE-like autonomous resource allocation) in different resource pools.
  • the first resource allocation scheme e.g., LBT-like resource allocation
  • the second resource allocation scheme e.g., LTE-like autonomous resource allocation
  • the first resource allocation scheme e.g., LBT-like resource allocation scheme
  • the second resource allocation scheme e.g., LTE-like resource allocation scheme
  • the first resource allocation scheme (e.g., LBT-like resource allocation scheme) is used for both periodic traffic and aperiodic traffic.
  • the second resource allocation scheme (e.g., LTE-like autonomous allocation scheme) is used for both periodic traffic and aperiodic traffic with an enhancement on resource reservation/exclusion based on an SCIs including resource allocation information for both the periodic traffic and the aperiodic traffic.
  • step 3904 the UE decodes sidelink control information (SCI) from the information included in the signals.
  • SCI sidelink control information
  • step 3906 the UE performs, over a sensing window, a signal measurement of the received signals.
  • the UE identifies a resource selection window based on a latency requirement.
  • the latency requirement in step 3908 is configured by a network entity using a higher layer signaling or pre-determined by the first UE.
  • the UE reserves the resources in a frequency and time domain for the at least one of aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic based on the decoded SCI and a result of the signal measurement, the resources being identified within a resource selection window.
  • the UE transmits, to the second UE via the sidelink, the at least one of aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic using the reserved resources.
  • the UE transmits the SCI including a preemption indication, wherein the preemption indication indicates the resources to be selected, by the first UE, for the at least one of aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Quality & Reliability (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

A method of a first user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system is provided. The method comprises: receiving, from a second UE via a sidelink, signals including information to select resources for at least one of aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic; decoding sidelink control information (SCI) from the information included in the signals; performing, over a sensing window, a signal measurement of the received signals; identifying a resource selection window based on a latency requirement; reserving the resources for the at least one of aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic in a frequency domain and a time domain based on the decoded SCI and a result of the signal measurement, the resources being identified within a resource selection window; and transmitting, to the second UE via the sidelink, the at least one of aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic using the reserved resources.

Description

    CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS AND CLAIM OF PRIORITY
  • The present application claims priority to:
      • U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 62/700,428, filed on July 19, 2018;
      • U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 62/727,791, filed on Sep. 6, 2018;
      • U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 62/735,437, filed on Sep. 24, 2018;
      • U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 62/737,566, filed on Sep. 27, 2018;
      • U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 62/750,587, filed on Oct. 25, 2018;
      • U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 62/789,727, filed on Jan. 8, 2019;
      • U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 62/817,841, filed on Mar. 13, 2019;
      • U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 62/824,461, filed on Mar. 27, 2019;
      • U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 62/827,925, filed on Apr. 2, 2019; and
      • U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 62/835,631, filed on Apr. 18, 2019. The content of the above-identified patent document is incorporated herein by reference.
    TECHNICAL FIELD
  • The present application relates generally to wireless communication systems, more specifically, the present disclosure relates to NR V2X resource selection.
  • BACKGROUND
  • The present disclosure relates to a pre-5th-generation (5G) or 5G communication system to be provided for supporting higher data rates beyond 4th-generation (4G) communication system such as long term evolution (LTE). A communication system includes a downlink (DL) that conveys signals from transmission points such as base stations (BSs) or NodeBs to user equipments (UEs) and an uplink (UL) that conveys signals from UEs to reception points such as NodeBs. Additionally a sidelink (SL) may convey signals from UEs to other UEs or other non-infrastructure based nodes. A UE, also commonly referred to as a terminal or a mobile station, may be fixed or mobile and may be a cellular phone, a personal computer device, etc. A NodeB, which is generally a fixed station, may also be referred to as an access point or other equivalent terminology such as eNodeB. The access network including the NodeB as related to 3GPP LTE is called as E-UTRAN (Evolved Universal Terrestrial Access Network).
  • SUMMARY
  • The present disclosure relates to a pre-5th-Generation or 5G communication system to be provided for supporting vehicle to vehicle communication. Embodiments of the present disclosure provide transmission structures and format in advanced communication systems.
  • In one embodiment, a first user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system is provided. The first UE comprises a transceiver configured to receive, from a second UE via a sidelink, signals including information to select resources for at least one of aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic. The first UE further comprises a processor operably connected to the transceiver, the processor configured to: decode sidelink control information (SCI) from the information included in the signals; perform, over a sensing window, a signal measurement of the received signals; identify a resource selection window based on a latency requirement; and reserve the resources for the at least one of aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic in a frequency domain and a time domain based on the decoded SCI and a result of the signal measurement, the resources being identified within a resource selection window. The UE further comprises the transceiver configured to transmit, to the second UE via the sidelink, the at least one of aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic using the reserved resources.
  • In another embodiment, a second user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system is provided. The second UE comprises a transceiver configured to: transmit, to a first UE via a sidelink, signals including information to select resources for at least one of aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic, receive, from the first UE, the at least one of aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic using resources, wherein: sidelink control information (SCI) from the information included in the signals is decoded, a signal measurement of the transmitted signals, over a sensing window, is performed, a resource selection window is identified based on a latency requirement, and the resources are reserved for the at least one of aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic in a frequency domain and a time domain based on the decoded SCI and a result of the signal measurement, the resources being identified within a resource selection window.
  • In yet another embodiment, a method of a first user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system is provided. The method comprises: receiving, from a second UE via a sidelink, signals including information to select resources for at least one of aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic; decoding sidelink control information (SCI) from the information included in the signals, performing, over a sensing window, a signal measurement of the received signals; identifying a resource selection window based on a latency requirement; reserving the resources in for the at least one of aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic in a frequency domain and a time domain based on the decoded SCI and a result of the signal measurement, the resources being identified within a resource selection window; and transmitting, to the second UE via the sidelink, the at least one of aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic using the reserved resources.
  • Other technical features may be readily apparent to one skilled in the art from the following figures, descriptions, and claims.
  • Before undertaking the DETAILED DESCRIPTION below, it may be advantageous to set forth definitions of certain words and phrases used throughout this patent document. The term “couple” and its derivatives refer to any direct or indirect communication between two or more elements, whether or not those elements are in physical contact with one another. The terms “transmit,” “receive,” and “communicate,” as well as derivatives thereof, encompass both direct and indirect communication. The terms “include” and “comprise,” as well as derivatives thereof, mean inclusion without limitation. The term “or” is inclusive, meaning and/or. The phrase “associated with,” as well as derivatives thereof, means to include, be included within, interconnect with, contain, be contained within, connect to or with, couple to or with, be communicable with, cooperate with, interleave, juxtapose, be proximate to, be bound to or with, have, have a property of, have a relationship to or with, or the like. The term “controller” means any device, system or part thereof that controls at least one operation. Such a controller may be implemented in hardware or a combination of hardware and software and/or firmware. The functionality associated with any particular controller may be centralized or distributed, whether locally or remotely. The phrase “at least one of,” when used with a list of items, means that different combinations of one or more of the listed items may be used, and only one item in the list may be needed. For example, “at least one of: A, B, and C” includes any of the following combinations: A, B, C, A and B, A and C, B and C, and A and B and C.
  • Moreover, various functions described below can be implemented or supported by one or more computer programs, each of which is formed from computer readable program code and embodied in a computer readable medium. The terms “application” and “program” refer to one or more computer programs, software components, sets of instructions, procedures, functions, objects, classes, instances, related data, or a portion thereof adapted for implementation in a suitable computer readable program code. The phrase “computer readable program code” includes any type of computer code, including source code, object code, and executable code. The phrase “computer readable medium” includes any type of medium capable of being accessed by a computer, such as read only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), a hard disk drive, a compact disc (CD), a digital video disc (DVD), or any other type of memory. A “non-transitory” computer readable medium excludes wired, wireless, optical, or other communication links that transport transitory electrical or other signals. A non-transitory computer readable medium includes media where data can be permanently stored and media where data can be stored and later overwritten, such as a rewritable optical disc or an erasable memory device.
  • Definitions for other certain words and phrases are provided throughout this patent document. Those of ordinary skill in the art should understand that in many if not most instances, such definitions apply to prior as well as future uses of such defined words and phrases.
  • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • For a more complete understanding of the present disclosure and its advantages, reference is now made to the following description taken in conjunction with the accompanying drawings, in which like reference numerals represent like parts:
  • FIG. 1 illustrates an example wireless network according to embodiments of the present disclosure;
  • FIG. 2 illustrates an example gNB according to embodiments of the present disclosure;
  • FIG. 3 illustrates an example UE according to embodiments of the present disclosure;
  • FIG. 4 illustrates an example use case of a vehicle-centric communication network according to embodiments of the present disclosure;
  • FIG. 5 illustrates an example SL interface according to embodiments of the present disclosure;
  • FIG. 6 illustrates an example resource pool for PSCCH according to embodiments of the present disclosure;
  • FIG. 7 illustrates an example RF chain according to embodiments of the present disclosure;
  • FIG. 8 illustrates a flow chart of a method for DL LAA SCell Cat 4 LBT procedure according to embodiments of the present disclosure;
  • FIG. 9A illustrates an example preemption indication according to embodiments of the present disclosure;
  • FIG. 9B illustrates another example preemption indication according to embodiments of the present disclosure;
  • FIG. 10 illustrates an example resource pool according to embodiments of the present disclosure;
  • FIG. 11 illustrates an example sensing procedure according to embodiments of the present disclosure;
  • FIG. 12 illustrates an example LBT procedure according to embodiments of the present disclosure;
  • FIG. 13 illustrates another example LBT procedure according to embodiments of the present disclosure;
  • FIG. 14 illustrates an example resource selection according to embodiments of the present disclosure;
  • FIG. 15 illustrates another example resource selection according to embodiments of the present disclosure;
  • FIG. 16 illustrates an example OFDM symbols for PSCCH according to embodiments of the present disclosure;
  • FIG. 17 illustrates another example OFDM symbols for PSCCH according to embodiments of the present disclosure;
  • FIG. 18 illustrates yet another example OFDM symbols for PSCCH according to embodiments of the present disclosure;
  • FIG. 19 illustrates yet another example OFDM symbols for PSCCH according to embodiments of the present disclosure;
  • FIG. 20 illustrates yet another example OFDM symbols for PSCCH according to embodiments of the present disclosure;
  • FIG. 21 illustrates yet another example OFDM symbols for PSCCH according to embodiments of the present disclosure;
  • FIG. 22 illustrates a flowchart of a method for resource allocation procedures according to embodiments of the present disclosure;
  • FIG. 23 illustrates another flowchart of a method for resource allocation procedures according to embodiments of the present disclosure;
  • FIG. 24 illustrates an example frequency resource allocation according to embodiments of the present disclosure;
  • FIG. 25 illustrates an example frequency and time resource allocation according to embodiments of the present disclosure;
  • FIG. 26 illustrates another example frequency and time resource allocation according to embodiments of the present disclosure;
  • FIG. 27 illustrates yet another example frequency and time resource allocation according to embodiments of the present disclosure;
  • FIG. 28 illustrates yet another example frequency and time resource allocation according to embodiments of the present disclosure;
  • FIG. 29 illustrates yet another example frequency and time resource allocation according to embodiments of the present disclosure;
  • FIG. 30 illustrates yet another example frequency and time resource allocation according to embodiments of the present disclosure;
  • FIG. 31 illustrates yet another example frequency and time resource allocation according to embodiments of the present disclosure;
  • FIG. 32 illustrates yet another example frequency and time resource allocation according to embodiments of the present disclosure;
  • FIG. 33 illustrates yet another example frequency and time resource allocation according to embodiments of the present disclosure;
  • FIG. 34 illustrates yet another example frequency and time resource allocation according to embodiments of the present disclosure;
  • FIG. 35 illustrates yet another example frequency and time resource allocation according to embodiments of the present disclosure;
  • FIG. 36 illustrates an example PSFCH format according to embodiments of the present disclosure;
  • FIG. 37 illustrates another example PSFCH format according to embodiments of the present disclosure;
  • FIG. 38 illustrates yet another example PSFCH format according to embodiments of the present disclosure; and
  • FIG. 39 illustrates a flowchart of a method for resource selection according to embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION
  • FIG. 1 through FIG. 39, discussed below, and the various embodiments used to describe the principles of the present disclosure in this patent document are by way of illustration only and should not be construed in any way to limit the scope of the disclosure. Those skilled in the art will understand that the principles of the present disclosure may be implemented in any suitably arranged system or device.
  • The following documents are hereby incorporated by reference into the present disclosure as if fully set forth herein: 3GPP TS 38.913 v14.3.0, “Study on Scenarios and Requirements for Next Generation Access Technologies;” 3GPP TR 22.886 v15.1.0, “Study on enhancement of 3GPP Support for 5G V2X Services;” ETSI EN 301 893, Harmonized European Standard, “Broadband Radio Access Networks (BRAN); 5 GHz high performance RLAN;” 3GPP TR 36.889 v13.0.0, “Study on Licensed-Assisted Access to Unlicensed Spectrum;” and 3GPP TS 38.300 v15.4.0, “NR and NG-RAN Overall Description.”
  • FIGS. 1-3 below describe various embodiments implemented in wireless communications systems and with the use of orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) or orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) communication techniques. The descriptions of FIGS. 1-3 are not meant to imply physical or architectural limitations to the manner in which different embodiments may be implemented. Different embodiments of the present disclosure may be implemented in any suitably-arranged communications system.
  • FIG. 1 illustrates an example wireless network according to embodiments of the present disclosure. The embodiment of the wireless network shown in FIG. 1 is for illustration only. Other embodiments of the wireless network 100 could be used without departing from the scope of the present disclosure.
  • As shown in FIG. 1, the wireless network includes a gNB 101, a gNB 102, and a gNB 103. The gNB 101 communicates with the gNB 102 and the gNB 103. The gNB 101 also communicates with at least one network 130, such as the Internet, a proprietary Internet Protocol (IP) network, or other data network.
  • The gNB 102 provides wireless broadband access to the network 130 for a first plurality of user equipments (UEs) within a coverage area 120 of the gNB 102. The first plurality of UEs includes a UE 111, which may be located in a small business (SB); a UE 112, which may be located in an enterprise (E); a UE 113, which may be located in a WiFi hotspot (HS); a UE 114, which may be located in a first residence (R); a UE 115, which may be located in a second residence (R); and a UE 116, which may be a mobile device (M), such as a cell phone, a wireless laptop, a wireless PDA, or the like. The gNB 103 provides wireless broadband access to the network 130 for a second plurality of UEs within a coverage area 125 of the gNB 103. The second plurality of UEs includes the UE 115 and the UE 116. In some embodiments, one or more of the gNBs 101-103 may communicate with each other and with the UEs 111-116 using 5G, LTE, LTE-A, WiMAX, WiFi, or other wireless communication techniques.
  • Depending on the network type, the term “base station” or “BS” can refer to any component (or collection of components) configured to provide wireless access to a network, such as transmit point (TP), transmit-receive point (TRP), an enhanced base station (eNodeB or eNB), a 5G base station (gNB), a macrocell, a femtocell, a WiFi access point (AP), or other wirelessly enabled devices. Base stations may provide wireless access in accordance with one or more wireless communication protocols, e.g., 5G 3GPP new radio interface/access (NR), long term evolution (LTE), LTE advanced (LTE-A), high speed packet access (HSPA), Wi-Fi 802.11a/b/g/n/ac, etc. For the sake of convenience, the terms “BS” and “TRP” are used interchangeably in this patent document to refer to network infrastructure components that provide wireless access to remote terminals. Also, depending on the network type, the term “user equipment” or “UE” can refer to any component such as “mobile station,” “subscriber station,” “remote terminal,” “wireless terminal,” “receive point,” or “user device.” For the sake of convenience, the terms “user equipment” and “UE” are used in this patent document to refer to remote wireless equipment that wirelessly accesses a BS, whether the UE is a mobile device (such as a mobile telephone or smartphone) or is normally considered a stationary device (such as a desktop computer or vending machine).
  • Dotted lines show the approximate extents of the coverage areas 120 and 125, which are shown as approximately circular for the purposes of illustration and explanation only. It should be clearly understood that the coverage areas associated with gNBs, such as the coverage areas 120 and 125, may have other shapes, including irregular shapes, depending upon the configuration of the gNBs and variations in the radio environment associated with natural and man-made obstructions.
  • As described in more detail below, one or more of the UEs 111-116 include circuitry, programing, or a combination thereof, for reception reliability for data and control information in an advanced wireless communication system. In certain embodiments, and one or more of the gNBs 101-103 includes circuitry, programing, or a combination thereof, for efficient resource selection in vehicle to vehicle communication.
  • Although FIG. 1 illustrates one example of a wireless network, various changes may be made to FIG. 1. For example, the wireless network could include any number of gNBs and any number of UEs in any suitable arrangement. Also, the gNB 101 could communicate directly with any number of UEs and provide those UEs with wireless broadband access to the network 130. Similarly, each gNB 102-103 could communicate directly with the network 130 and provide UEs with direct wireless broadband access to the network 130. Further, the gNBs 101, 102, and/or 103 could provide access to other or additional external networks, such as external telephone networks or other types of data networks.
  • FIG. 2 illustrates an example gNB 102 according to embodiments of the present disclosure. The embodiment of the gNB 102 illustrated in FIG. 2 is for illustration only, and the gNBs 101 and 103 of FIG. 1 could have the same or similar configuration. However, gNBs come in a wide variety of configurations, and FIG. 2 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation of a gNB.
  • As shown in FIG. 2, the gNB 102 includes multiple antennas 205 a-205 n, multiple RF transceivers 210 a-210 n, transmit (TX) processing circuitry 215, and receive (RX) processing circuitry 220. The gNB 102 also includes a controller/processor 225, a memory 230, and a backhaul or network interface 235.
  • The RF transceivers 210 a-210 n receive, from the antennas 205 a-205 n, incoming RF signals, such as signals transmitted by UEs in the network 100. The RF transceivers 210 a-210 n down-convert the incoming RF signals to generate IF or baseband signals. The IF or baseband signals are sent to the RX processing circuitry 220, which generates processed baseband signals by filtering, decoding, and/or digitizing the baseband or IF signals. The RX processing circuitry 220 transmits the processed baseband signals to the controller/processor 225 for further processing.
  • The TX processing circuitry 215 receives analog or digital data (such as voice data, web data, e-mail, or interactive video game data) from the controller/processor 225. The TX processing circuitry 215 encodes, multiplexes, and/or digitizes the outgoing baseband data to generate processed baseband or IF signals. The RF transceivers 210 a-210 n receive the outgoing processed baseband or IF signals from the TX processing circuitry 215 and up-converts the baseband or IF signals to RF signals that are transmitted via the antennas 205 a-205 n.
  • The controller/processor 225 can include one or more processors or other processing devices that control the overall operation of the gNB 102. For example, the controller/processor 225 could control the reception of forward channel signals and the transmission of reverse channel signals by the RF transceivers 210 a-210 n, the RX processing circuitry 220, and the TX processing circuitry 215 in accordance with well-known principles. The controller/processor 225 could support additional functions as well, such as more advanced wireless communication functions. For instance, the controller/processor 225 could support beam forming or directional routing operations in which outgoing signals from multiple antennas 205 a-205 n are weighted differently to effectively steer the outgoing signals in a desired direction. Any of a wide variety of other functions could be supported in the gNB 102 by the controller/processor 225.
  • The controller/processor 225 is also capable of executing programs and other processes resident in the memory 230, such as an OS. The controller/processor 225 can move data into or out of the memory 230 as required by an executing process.
  • The controller/processor 225 is also coupled to the backhaul or network interface 235. The backhaul or network interface 235 allows the gNB 102 to communicate with other devices or systems over a backhaul connection or over a network. The interface 235 could support communications over any suitable wired or wireless connection(s). For example, when the gNB 102 is implemented as part of a cellular communication system (such as one supporting 5G, LTE, or LTE-A), the interface 235 could allow the gNB 102 to communicate with other gNBs over a wired or wireless backhaul connection. When the gNB 102 is implemented as an access point, the interface 235 could allow the gNB 102 to communicate over a wired or wireless local area network or over a wired or wireless connection to a larger network (such as the Internet). The interface 235 includes any suitable structure supporting communications over a wired or wireless connection, such as an Ethernet or RF transceiver.
  • The memory 230 is coupled to the controller/processor 225. Part of the memory 230 could include a RAM, and another part of the memory 230 could include a Flash memory or other ROM.
  • Although FIG. 2 illustrates one example of gNB 102, various changes may be made to FIG. 2. For example, the gNB 102 could include any number of each component shown in FIG. 2. As a particular example, an access point could include a number of interfaces 235, and the controller/processor 225 could support routing functions to route data between different network addresses. As another particular example, while shown as including a single instance of TX processing circuitry 215 and a single instance of RX processing circuitry 220, the gNB 102 could include multiple instances of each (such as one per RF transceiver). Also, various components in FIG. 2 could be combined, further subdivided, or omitted and additional components could be added according to particular needs.
  • FIG. 3 illustrates an example UE 116 according to embodiments of the present disclosure. The embodiment of the UE 116 illustrated in FIG. 3 is for illustration only, and the UEs 111-115 of FIG. 1 could have the same or similar configuration. However, UEs come in a wide variety of configurations, and FIG. 3 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation of a UE.
  • As shown in FIG. 3, the UE 116 includes an antenna 305, a radio frequency (RF) transceiver 310, TX processing circuitry 315, a microphone 320, and receive (RX) processing circuitry 325. The UE 116 also includes a speaker 330, a processor 340, an input/output (I/O) interface (IF) 345, a touchscreen 350, a display 355, and a memory 360. The memory 360 includes an operating system (OS) 361 and one or more applications 362.
  • The RF transceiver 310 receives, from the antenna 305, an incoming RF signal transmitted by a gNB of the network 100. The RF transceiver 310 down-converts the incoming RF signal to generate an intermediate frequency (IF) or baseband signal. The IF or baseband signal is sent to the RX processing circuitry 325, which generates a processed baseband signal by filtering, decoding, and/or digitizing the baseband or IF signal. The RX processing circuitry 325 transmits the processed baseband signal to the speaker 330 (such as for voice data) or to the processor 340 for further processing (such as for web browsing data).
  • The TX processing circuitry 315 receives analog or digital voice data from the microphone 320 or other outgoing baseband data (such as web data, e-mail, or interactive video game data) from the processor 340. The TX processing circuitry 315 encodes, multiplexes, and/or digitizes the outgoing baseband data to generate a processed baseband or IF signal. The RF transceiver 310 receives the outgoing processed baseband or IF signal from the TX processing circuitry 315 and up-converts the baseband or IF signal to an RF signal that is transmitted via the antenna 305.
  • The processor 340 can include one or more processors or other processing devices and execute the OS 361 stored in the memory 360 in order to control the overall operation of the UE 116. For example, the processor 340 could control the reception of forward channel signals and the transmission of reverse channel signals by the RF transceiver 310, the RX processing circuitry 325, and the TX processing circuitry 315 in accordance with well-known principles. In some embodiments, the processor 340 includes at least one microprocessor or microcontroller.
  • The processor 340 is also capable of executing other processes and programs resident in the memory 360, such as processes for beam management. The processor 340 can move data into or out of the memory 360 as required by an executing process. In some embodiments, the processor 340 is configured to execute the applications 362 based on the OS 361 or in response to signals received from gNBs or an operator. The processor 340 is also coupled to the I/O interface 345, which provides the UE 116 with the ability to connect to other devices, such as laptop computers and handheld computers. The I/O interface 345 is the communication path between these accessories and the processor 340.
  • The processor 340 is also coupled to the touchscreen 350 and the display 355. The operator of the UE 116 can use the touchscreen 350 to enter data into the UE 116. The display 355 may be a liquid crystal display, light emitting diode display, or other display capable of rendering text and/or at least limited graphics, such as from web sites.
  • The memory 360 is coupled to the processor 340. Part of the memory 360 could include a random access memory (RAM), and another part of the memory 360 could include a Flash memory or other read-only memory (ROM).
  • Although FIG. 3 illustrates one example of UE 116, various changes may be made to FIG. 3. For example, various components in FIG. 3 could be combined, further subdivided, or omitted and additional components could be added according to particular needs. As a particular example, the processor 340 could be divided into multiple processors, such as one or more central processing units (CPUs) and one or more graphics processing units (GPUs). Also, while FIG. 3 illustrates the UE 116 configured as a mobile telephone or smartphone, UEs could be configured to operate as other types of mobile or stationary devices.
  • The present disclosure relates generally to wireless communication systems and, more specifically, to vehicular communication network protocols, including vehicle-to-device, vehicle-to-vehicle, and vehicle-to-network communication resource allocation and synchronization schemes. A communication system includes a downlink (DL) that conveys signals from transmission points such as base stations (BSs) or NodeBs to user equipments (UEs) and an uplink (UL) that conveys signals from UEs to reception points such as NodeBs.
  • Additionally a sidelink (SL) may convey signals from UEs to other UEs or other non-infrastructure based nodes. A UE, also commonly referred to as a terminal or a mobile station, may be fixed or mobile and may be a cellular phone, a personal computer device, etc. A NodeB, which is generally a fixed station, may also be referred to as an access point or other equivalent terminology such as eNodeB. The access network including the NodeB as related to 3GPP LTE is called as an evolved universal terrestrial access network (E-UTRAN).
  • In a communication system, DL signals can include data signals conveying information content, control signals conveying DL control information (DCI), and reference signals (RS) that are also known as pilot signals. A NodeB transmits data information through a physical DL shared channel (PDSCH). A NodeB transmits DCI through a physical DL control channel (PDCCH) or an enhanced PDCCH (EPDCCH). Messages are transmitted on the PDCCH using a cell radio network temporary identifier (C-RNTI) to identify the intended UE. The C-RNTI is the RNTI to be used by a given UE while the UE is in a particular cell after the UE and a NodeB establish an RRC connection.
  • A NodeB transmits one or more of multiple types of RS including a UE-common RS (CRS), a channel state information RS (CSI-RS), or a demodulation RS (DMRS). A CRS is transmitted over a DL system bandwidth (BW) and can be used by UEs to obtain a channel estimate to demodulate data or control information or to perform measurements. To reduce CRS overhead, a NodeB may transmit a CSI-RS with a smaller density in the time and/or frequency domain than a CRS. DMRS can be transmitted only in the BW of a respective PDSCH or EPDCCH and a UE can use the DMRS to demodulate data or control information in a PDSCH or an EPDCCH, respectively. A transmission time interval for DL channels is referred to as a sub-frame (SF) and can have, for example, duration of 1 millisecond. A number of ten SFs is referred to as a frame and is identified by a system frame number (SFN).
  • Traditionally, cellular communication networks have been designed to establish wireless communication links between mobile devices (UEs) and fixed communication infrastructure components (such as base stations or access points) that serve UEs in a wide or local geographic range. However, a wireless network can also be implemented by utilizing only device-to-device (D2D) communication links without the need for fixed infrastructure components. This type of network is typically referred to as an “ad-hoc” network. A hybrid communication network can support devices that connect both to fixed infrastructure components and to other D2D-enabled devices.
  • While UEs such as smartphones can be envisioned for D2D networks, vehicular communication can also be supported by a communication protocol where vehicles exchange control or data information with other vehicles or other infrastructure or UEs. Such a network is referred to as a V2X network. Multiple types of communication links can be supported by nodes supporting V2X in the network and can utilize same or different protocols and systems. FIG. 4 illustrates an example use case of a vehicle-centric communication network according to illustrative embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 4 illustrates an example use case of a vehicle-centric communication network 400 according to embodiments of the present disclosure. The embodiment of the use case of a vehicle-centric communication network 400 illustrated in FIG. 4 is for illustration only. FIG. 4 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • The vehicular communication, referred to as Vehicle-to-Everything (V2X), contains the following three different types: vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V) communications; vehicle-to-infrastructure (V2I) communications; and vehicle-to-pedestrian (V2P) communications.
  • These three types of V2X can use “co-operative awareness” to provide more intelligent services for end-users. This means that transport entities, such as vehicles, roadside infrastructure, and pedestrians, can collect knowledge of their local environment (e.g., information received from other vehicles or sensor equipment in proximity) to process and share that knowledge in order to provide more intelligent services, such as cooperative collision warning or autonomous driving.
  • V2X communication can be used to implement several types of services that are complementary to a primary communication network or to provide new services based on a flexibility of a network topology. V2X can support unicasting, broadcasting, or group/multicasting as potential means for V2V communication where vehicles are able to transmit messages to all in-range V2V-enabled devices or to a subset of devices that are members of particular group. The protocol can be based on LTE-D2D or on a specialized LTE-V2V protocol.
  • As illustrated in FIG. 4, V2X can support V2I communication 401 between one or more vehicles and an infrastructure node to provide cellular connectivity as well as specialized services related to control and safety of vehicular traffic. V2P communication 402 can also be supported, for example to provide safety services for pedestrians or traffic management services. V2X multicast communication 403 can be used to provide safety and control messages to large numbers of vehicles in a spectrally efficient manner.
  • The two primary standardized messages for V2V/V2I communication are the periodic beacons called cooperative awareness messages (CAM) and the event-triggered warning messages, called decentralized environment notification messages (DENM). The CAMs are periodically broadcasted beacons used to maintain awareness of the surrounding vehicles. These messages are sent with an adaptive frequency of 1-10 Hz. The CAMs include information such as position, type and direction. The DENMs are event-triggered warning messages which are generated to alert neighboring vehicles about potential hazards.
  • While vehicle devices can be able to support many different communication protocols and include support of mandatory or optional features, since the traffic types, QoS requirements, and deployment topologies are distinct from other types of communications, the hardware/software on a vehicle for supporting V2X can have a reduced or specialized functionality compared to other devices. For example, protocols related to low-complexity, low-data rate, and/or low-latency for machine-type communications 404 can be supported such as, for example, traffic tracking beacons. Satellite-based communication 405 can also be supported for V2X networks for communication or positioning services.
  • Direct communication between vehicles in V2V is based on a sidelink (SL) interface. Sidelink is the UE to UE interface for SL communication and SL discovery. The SL corresponds to the PC5 interface. SL communication is defined as a functionality enabling proximity services (ProSe) direct communication between two or more nearby UEs using E-UTRA technology but not traversing any network node.
  • E-UTRAN allows such UEs that are in proximity of each other to exchange V2V-related information using E-UTRA(N) when permission, authorization and proximity criteria are fulfilled. The proximity criteria can be configured by the MNO. However, UEs supporting V2V Service can exchange such information when served by or not served by E-UTRAN which supports V2X Service. The UE supporting V2V applications transmits application layer information (e.g., about the UE's location, dynamics, and attributes as part of the V2V Service).
  • The V2V payload may be flexible in order to accommodate different information contents, and the information can be transmitted periodically according to a configuration provided by the MNO. V2V is predominantly broadcast-based; V2V includes the exchange of V2V-related application information between distinct UEs directly and/or, due to the limited direct communication range of V2V, the exchange of V2V-related application information between distinct UEs via infrastructure supporting V2X Service, e.g., RSU, application server, etc.
  • FIG. 5 illustrates an example SL interface 500 according to embodiments of the present disclosure. The embodiment of the SL interface 500 illustrated in FIG. 5 is for illustration only. FIG. 5 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • FIG. 5 illustrates an example SL interface according to illustrative embodiments of the present disclosure. While UL designates the link from UE 501 to NodeB 503 and DL designates the reverse direction, SL designates the radio links over the PC5 interfaces between UE 501 and UEs 502. A UE 501 transmits a V2V message to multiple UEs 502 in the SL. SL communication happens directly without using E-UTRAN technology and not traversing any network node NodeB 503.
  • The PC5 interface re-uses existing frequency allocation, regardless of the duplex mode (frequency division duplex (FDD) or time division duplex (TDD). To minimize hardware impact on a UE and especially on the power amplifier of the UE, transmission of V2V links occurs in the UL band in case of FDD. Similar, the PC5 interface uses SFs that are reserved for UL transmission in TDD. The signal transmission is based on single carrier frequency division multiple access (SC-FDMA) that is also used for UL transmission. The new channels can be largely based on the channel structure applicable for the transmission of the physical UL shared channel (PUSCH).
  • SL transmission and reception occurs with resources assigned to a group of devices. A resource pool (RP) is a set of resources assigned for sidelink operation. It consists of the subframes and the resource blocks within the subframe. For SL communication, two additional physical channels are introduced: physical sidelink control channel (PSCCH) carrying the control information, and physical sidelink shared channel (PS SCH) carrying the data.
  • FIG. 6 illustrates an example resource pool for PSCCH 600 according to embodiments of the present disclosure. The embodiment of the resource pool for PSCCH 600 illustrated in FIG. 6 is for illustration only. FIG. 6 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • FIG. 6 illustrates an example resource pool for PSCCH according to illustrative embodiments of the present disclosure. In one example, the pool is defined in the frequency, by parameters: PRBnum: that defines the frequency range in Physical Resource Block (PRB) bandwidth units; and PRBstart, PRBend: which defines the location in the frequency domain within the uplink band. In one example, the pool is defined in the time domain, by a bitmap that indicates the 1 msec sub-frames used for PSCCH transmission.
  • This block of resources is repeated with a period defined by a parameter SC-Period (expressed in sub-frame duration, i.e. 1 msec). The range of possible values for SC-Period is from 40 msec to 320 msec: low values are supported for voice transmission.
  • In LTE V2X, the data transmission on sidelink does not support HARQ. There is no ACK or NACK feedback for a PSSCH transmission. To improve the transmission reliability, re-transmission is one good approach.
  • FIG. 7 illustrates an example RF chain 700 according to embodiments of the present disclosure. The embodiment of the RF chain 700 illustrated in FIG. 7 is for illustration only. FIG. 7 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • For mmWave bands, although the number of antenna elements can be larger for a given form factor, the number of CSI-RS ports—which can correspond to the number of digitally precoded ports—tends to be limited due to hardware constraints (such as the feasibility to install a large number of ADCs/DACs at mmWave frequencies) as illustrated in FIG. 7.
  • In this case, one CSI-RS port is mapped onto a large number of antenna elements which can be controlled by a bank of analog phase shifters 701. One CSI-RS port can then correspond to one sub-array which produces a narrow analog beam through analog beamforming 705. This analog beam can be configured to sweep across a wider range of angles (720) by varying the phase shifter bank across symbols or subframes. The number of sub-arrays (equal to the number of RF chains) is the same as the number of CSI-RS ports NCSI-PORT. A digital beamforming unit 710 performs a linear combination across NCSI-PORT analog beams to further increase precoding gain. While analog beams are wideband (hence not frequency-selective), digital precoding can be varied across frequency sub-bands or resource blocks.
  • 5G NR systems aim to support multiple services such as eMBB, mMTC and uRLLC with advanced features including higher data rate, higher operating frequency band, wider bandwidth, higher reliability, shorter latency, and increased a number of connectivity.
  • A vehicular communication, referred to as vehicle-to-everything (V2X), contains the following three different types: 1) vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V) Communications; 2) vehicle-to-infrastructure (V2I) communications; and 3) vehicle-to-pedestrian (V2P) Communications. These three types of V2X can use “co-operative awareness” to provide more intelligent services for end-users. This means that transport entities, such as vehicles, roadside infrastructure, and pedestrians, can collect knowledge of their local environment (e.g., information received from other vehicles or sensor equipment in proximity) to process and share that knowledge in order to provide more intelligent services, such as cooperative collision warning or autonomous driving.
  • The LTE-V standard includes two radio interfaces. The cellular interface (i.e., Uu) supports vehicle-to-infrastructure communications, while the PC5 interface supports V2V communications based on direct LTE sidelink. LTE sidelink (or device-to-device communication) was introduced for the first time for public safety, and includes two modes of operation: mode 1 and mode 2. Both modes were designed with the objective of prolonging the battery lifetime of mobile devices at the cost of increasing the latency. Connected vehicles require highly reliable and low-latent V2X communications; therefore, modes 1 and 2 are not suitable for vehicular applications.
  • Two new communication modes (modes 3 and 4) are introduced and specifically designed for V2V communications. In mode 3, the cellular network selects and manages the radio resources used by vehicles for their direct V2V communications. In mode 4, vehicles autonomously select the radio resources for their direct V2V communications. In contrast, mode 4 can operate without cellular coverage, and is therefore considered the baseline V2V mode since safety applications cannot depend on the availability of cellular coverage. Mode 4 includes a distributed scheduling scheme for vehicles to select their radio resources and includes the support for distributed congestion control.
  • SA1 has completed enhancement of 3GPP support for V2X services (eV2X services). SA1 has identified 25 use cases for advanced V2X services and the 25 use cases are categorized into four use case groups: vehicles platooning, extended sensors, advanced driving and remote driving. Compared with LTE V2X, the NR V2X requirements need to support much lower end-to-end latency (as low as 3 ms), much higher reliability (as high as 99.999%), much higher data rates (as high as 1 Gbps) and much larger communication range.
  • Use of a listen-before-talk (LBT) procedure is vital for fair and friendly coexistence of LAA with other operators and technologies operating in unlicensed spectrum. LBT procedures on a node attempting to transmit on a carrier in unlicensed spectrum require the node to perform a clear channel assessment to determine if the channel is free for use. Thus, any LBT procedure involves at least energy detection to determine if the channel is being used.
  • The LBT scheme defined in the present disclosure is based on the procedure in option B in 3GPP specification except for the following modifications to form a category 4 LBT scheme that ensure fairness with Wi-Fi: the size of the LAA contention window is variable via dynamic variable backoff or semi-static backoff between X and Y ECCA slots; one candidate for variation of the contention window is exponential backoff and it may be noted that most of evaluations are based on exponential backoff; the value of X and Y is a configurable parameter; for PDSCH, the following two approaches to adjust the contention window size may be considered and it may be noted that a combination of the options listed below is not precluded; based on feedback/report of UE(s) (e.g., HARQ ACK/NACK); based on eNB's assessment (e.g., sensing based adjustment); consider minimum ECCA slot size smaller than 20 μs; the initial CCA (ICCA) can be configurable to be comparable to the defer periods of Wi-Fi (e.g., DIFS or AIFS); when ECCA countdown is interrupted, a defer period (not necessarily the same as ICCA) is applied after channel becomes idle. No ECCA countdown is performed during the defer period; the defer period is configurable. It can be configured to be comparable to defer periods of Wi-Fi (e.g., DIFS or AIFS); and initial CCA is performed to transmit a DL transmission burst when the eNB has not transmitted any signal/channel although the random backoff counter reached zero in the backoff procedure.
  • Adaptability of the energy detection threshold can be applied. In the above procedure, defer period is defined as the minimum time that a node has to wait after the channel becomes idle before transmission, i.e., a node can transmit if the channel is sensed to be idle for a time period not less than the defer period. The procedure described above is shown in FIG. 8.
  • FIG. 8 illustrates a flow chart of a method 800 for DL LAA SCell Cat 4 LBT procedure according to embodiments of the present disclosure. The embodiment of the method 800 illustrated in FIG. 8 is for illustration only. FIG. 8 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • In order to support aperiodic service, lower latency, higher reliability, mixed numerology and short TTIs in NR V2X. There are a few embodiments for the resource selection in the present disclosure.
  • In one embodiment, optimized autonomous resource selection is provided.
  • The following is for improvements on current LTE V2X autonomous resource selection (mode 4) in V2X sidelink.
  • Preemption Indication.
  • For a UE autonomous resource selection in a stricter latency application, if no candidate single-subframe resource in the selection window can be successfully sensed to satisfy the latency requirements, a preemption indication can be sent out first to indicate to other UEs the candidate single-subframe resource that the UE needs to use and can satisfy the latency requirements.
  • In order for a UE to preempt a resource reserved by another UE, the packet that the UE needs to send may have a higher priority than those packets of another UE. The service of the UE that preempts can be periodic or aperiodic. For aperiodic service, the preempted resource can be a few consecutive subframes. For periodic service, the preempted resource can be a group of periodic resources for duration of time.
  • FIG. 9A illustrates an example preemption indication 900 according to embodiments of the present disclosure. The embodiment of the preemption indication 900 illustrated in FIG. 9A is for illustration only. FIG. 9A does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • FIG. 9A shows an example where a preemption indication is sent by a UE to notify other UEs that the resource may be preempted in the following periodic cycles.
  • FIG. 9B illustrates another example preemption indication 920 according to embodiments of the present disclosure. The embodiment of preemption indication 920 illustrated in FIG. 9B is for illustration only. FIG. 9B does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • FIG. 9B shows an example where a preemption indication is sent by a UE to notify other UEs that the resource may be preempted in a few consecutive subframes.
  • The preemption indication can be in the form of a PSCCH or another special form of SCI. The UE whose candidate single-subframe is preempted by the UE with stricter latency requirement may either drop the packet or trigger a new resource reselection etc. For a special form of SCI, the SCI can be used to transmit a preemption indication while no PSCCH/PSSCH associated with this preemption indication is sent. For a form of PSCCH, the associated PSSCH is sent along with the PSCCH.
  • In order to support a special form of preemption indication to indicate resources to be preempted by a UE, separate sensing mechanisms for preemption indication and PSCCH/PSSCH channels can be supported. That means resources used for a preemption indication can be sensed separately with the resources sensed for PSCCH/PSSCH.
  • For a preemption indication that indicates some resources may be preempted by a UE, a separate or same resource pool as the resource pool of PSCCH and PSSCH can be configured. When a separate resource pool is used, the sensing for the preemption indication occurs in a separate resource pool as PSCCH and PSSCH. While a same resource pool is used, the sensing for the preemption indication occurs in the same resource pool as PSCCH and PSSCH.
  • The information conveyed in the preemption indication can include one of the following or a combination of the following: (maximum) channel occupancy time: it shows for how long the UE may reserve the preempted resource for this bursty transmission for aperiodic traffic or how many periodic cycles that the UE needs to reserve the resource and the periodicity of the reserved resource for the UE for periodic transmission; frequency resource location: it shows the resource location in frequency domain; and/or priority information: priority information of the packets that the preempting UE may send.
  • If there are more than one resource that the UE can choose from to preempt, some options to determine the resources that the UE may preempt are as below. In one embodiment of option 1, the UE may use the resources that overlap with minimum number of other UEs in the frequency domain. In another embodiment of option 2, the UE may use the resources that have minimum average energy in the frequency domain. In yet another embodiment of option 3, the UE may use the resources that overlap with minimum number of other UEs in the time domain. In yet another embodiment of option 4, the UE may use the resources that overlap with minimum number of other UEs both in the time domain and frequency domain.
  • In order for a UE better sense a resource for transmission, the resource selection counter can be carried in the SCI to indicate other UEs how long the resource may be reserved periodically after this transmission for a UE.
  • Resource Pool.
  • Different resource pools are configured for applications with different latency requirements, e.g., a separate resource pool for latency sensitive applications and a separate resource pool for regular V2X application.
  • FIG. 10 illustrates an example resource pool 1000 according to embodiments of the present disclosure. The embodiment of the resource pool 1000 illustrated in FIG. 10 is for illustration only. FIG. 10 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • For mixed SCS numerology, resource pools for latency sensitive applications are configured in resource blocks with a larger SCS, while resource pools for regular V2X applications are configured in resource blocks with a smaller SCS, as shown in FIG. 10. Different resource pools can be configured for different lengths of TTI.
  • A resource pool configuration can include the numerology of the resource pool, and/or TTI length, and/or the frequency resource location, and/or resource pool ID etc.
  • The sensing window, selection window and sensing procedures can be different compared with periodic resource selection, e.g., the size of sensing and selection window can be configured by a gNB or preconfigured with a smaller value.
  • Mixed Short TTI and Normal TTI.
  • Short TTI is used to further reduce the latency for stricter latency applications. Short TTI application and normal TTI application can use the same resource pool or different resource pools. A stricter latency application can use a resource pool with a short TTI. A preemption indication can occur in a resource pool with a short TTI.
  • FIG. 11 illustrates an example sensing procedure 1100 according to embodiments of the present disclosure. The embodiment of the sensing procedure 1100 illustrated in FIG. 11 is for illustration only. FIG. 11 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • When a separate resource pool is used for short TTI and normal TTI applications, the corresponding sensing procedure is used for each resource pool. When the same resource pool is used for short TTI and normal TTI applications, the sensing procedures may be adapted as follows and shown in FIG. 11.
  • In one embodiment of step 1: suppose that a UE with a reservation interval Tp needs to reserve new candidate subchannels at time (T). It can reserve subchannels between T and the established maximum latency (e.g., K). This time period is referred to as the selection window. Within the selection window, the UE identifies candidate subchannel resources to be reserved by all groups of adjacent subchannels within the same TTI where the SCI and TB to be transmitted may fit.
  • In one embodiment of step 2: for each configured TTI length, the UE analyzes all the information that the UE has received in the Ni TTIs before T and creates a list (L1) of candidate subchannels the UE could reserve. This list includes all the candidate subchannels in the selection window except those that meet the following two conditions.
  • In one example, in the last Ni TTIs, the UE has correctly received an SCI from another UE indicating that it may overlap with this candidate subchannels at the same time the UE may need it to perform following transmissions.
  • In one example, the UE measures an average reference signal received power (RSRP) over the RBs utilized to transmit the TB associated to the SCI and it is higher than a given threshold.
  • In one embodiment of step 3: The UE creates a second list (L2) of resources of candidate subchannels. The total number of resources of candidate subchannels in L2 may be equal to a percentage of all resources of candidate subchannels in the selection window. L2 includes the resources of candidate subchannels from L1 (after Step 2) that experienced the lowest average received signal strength indicator (RSSI) over all RBs of the candidate subchannels. This RSSI value is averaged over all the previous T−reserve interval*j, where reserve interval*j≤Ni. The UE randomly chooses one of the resources of candidate subchannels in L2, and reserves one of the resources of candidate subchannels for the next transmissions.
  • As illustrated in FIG. 11, in step 1102, the procedure 1110 iterates through each configured TTI. In step 1104, the procedure 1110 selects candidate subchannels under each configured TTI, and ands to list L1. In step 1106, the procedure 1110 selects list L2 among the list L1. And finally, the procedure 1110 selects a resource among the list L2.
  • Retransmission.
  • Retransmission can be performed with a transmission periodicity less than the resource reservation interval. e.g., consecutive transmissions for a same TB to meet the latency and reliability. SCI in the first transmission can indicate parameters e.g., the number of transmissions for this same TB and the subframe gap between transmissions. SCI in the following retransmissions can indicate parameters e.g., remaining retransmissions for this same TB. Each retransmission SCI indicates the Time gap between this retransmission and next retransmission.
  • The sensing procedure may consider the resources that may be occupied for retransmissions. More than one candidate subchannels resources may be selected that are used by the UE's first transmission and a few retransmissions.
  • In one embodiment, autonomous resource selection+LBT with the same resource pool is provided.
  • LBT (listen before talk) is used by UEs to reserve resources for aperiodic service with bursty traffic. Autonomous resource selection is used by UEs to reserve resource for semi-persistent or periodic service. Autonomous resource selection and LBT are combined to comprise the whole V2X resource selection. In embodiment 2, autonomous resource selection and LBT procedures occur in the same resource pool.
  • Compared with LBT in LAA and IEEE 802.11, a partial bandwidth sensing may be used for LBT in V2X. Similar to autonomous resource selection, resources of candidate subchannels can be used to reserve only a partial bandwidth resource for a UE.
  • FIG. 12 illustrates an example LBT procedure 1200 according to embodiments of the present disclosure. The embodiment of the LBT procedure 1200 illustrated in FIG. 12 is for illustration only. FIG. 12 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • One approach for the whole LBT procedure is as followings and shown in FIG. 12. From the time n when there is a higher layer packet arriving, the LBT procedure begins. A candidate subchannels resource for PSSCH transmission Rx is defined as a set of LsubCH contiguous sub-channels with sub-channel x+j where j=0, . . . , LsubCH−1. The UE may assume that any set of LsubCH contiguous sub-channels included in the corresponding PSSCH resource pool corresponds to one candidate subchannels resource.
  • For each candidate subchannels resource for PSSCH transmission, the UE performs the corresponding LBT procedure on corresponding subchannels. When the UE senses the channel, the energy detection can be measured in number of TTIs e.g., 2, 4 or 7 OFDM symbols/1 slot or number of OFDM symbols depending upon specific latency requirements. The content window and The initial CCA (ICCA) and extended CCA deferral period can be in number of TTIs or number of OFDM symbols. The number of TTIs or number of OFDM symbols for energy detection, content window, initial CCA and ECCA deferral period can be configured.
  • Depending upon the maximum latency requirements, the LBT procedure needs to be terminated at the time n+k. k can be in number of TTIs or number of OFDM symbols and be configured by higher layer or determined by the UE itself considering the latency requirement. When at the time n+k, there is no available candidate subchannels the UE can use to transmit, the preemption indication procedure is triggered as shown in the aforementioned embodiments. If there are more than one resource of candidate subchannels available for the UE to transmit, the UE randomly select an available resource of candidate subchannels to transmit.
  • As illustrated in FIG. 12, the procedure 1200 performs LBT separately for each candidate subchannels in step 1202. In step 1204, the procedure determines whether time n+k is. In step 1204, if the time is n+k, the procedures performs step 1206. In step 1206, the procedure determines whether there any available candidate subchannels are. In step 1206, if there are any available candidate subchannels, the procedure 1200 randomly selects candidate subchannels to transmit. In step 1204, if the time is not n+k, the procedure 1200 performs step 1202. In step 1206, if there are no any available candidate subchannels, the procedures triggers preemption procedures in step 1208.
  • FIG. 13 illustrates another example LBT procedure 1300 according to embodiments of the present disclosure. The embodiment of the example LBT procedure 1300 illustrated in FIG. 13 is for illustration only. FIG. 13 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • Another approach for the whole LBT procedure is as followings and shown in FIG. 13.
  • For each candidate subchannels resource for PSSCH transmission, the UE performs the corresponding LBT procedure on corresponding candidate subchannels. Before the UE performs the LBT on each resource of candidate subchannels, the UE excludes resources of candidate subchannels where there are detected SCIs and/or associated data and/or the reservation interval for the candidate subchannels is less than a value, e.g., the (maximum) channel occupancy time. For the candidate subchannel resources, the UE also needs to exclude resources that are known by detected SCIs for aperiodic services.
  • When the UE senses the channel, the energy detection can be measured in number of TTIs e.g., 2, 4 or 7 OFDM symbols/1 slot or number of OFDM symbols depending upon specific latency requirements. The content window and the initial CCA (ICCA) and extended CCA deferral period can be in number of TTIs or number of OFDM symbols. The number of TTIs or number of OFDM symbols for energy detection, content window, initial CCA and ECCA deferral period can be configured. Depending upon the maximum latency requirements, the LBT procedure needs to be terminated at the time n+k. k can be in number of TTIs or number of OFDM symbols and configured by higher layer or determined by the UE itself considering the latency requirement.
  • When at the time n+k, there is no available candidate subchannels the UE can use to transmit, the preemption indication procedure is triggered as shown in the aforementioned embodiments. If there are more than one resource of candidate subchannels available for the UE to transmit, the UE randomly select an available resource of candidate subchannels to transmit.
  • In such embodiment, the same resource pool is used for LBT as well as autonomous resource selection. The UE senses the resource and reserves the resource for a (maximum) channel occupancy time. Priority information is used in the sensing procedure. The following information may be included in the SCI for an aperiodic packet: (Maximum) channel occupancy time: it shows for how long the UE may reserve the reserved/preempted resource for this bursty transmission for aperiodic traffic; frequency resource location: it shows the resource location in frequency domain; and/or priority information: priority information of the packets that the preempting UE may send.
  • When the resource this UE needs to reserve conflicts with the resource reserved by another semi-persistent UE with lower priority, this UE can preempt the resource with a preemption indication as shown in the aforementioned embodiments. Otherwise, this UE can only select other resources without conflict with another UE with higher priority.
  • In one embodiment, autonomous resource selection+LBT with different resource pools is provided.
  • LBT (listen before talk) is used by UEs to reserve resources for aperiodic service with bursty traffic. Autonomous resource selection is used by UEs to reserve resource for semi-persistent or periodic service. Autonomous resource selection and LBT are combined to comprise the whole V2X resource selection procedure. In embodiment 3, autonomous resource selection and LBT procedures occur in different resource pools, and select resources for different services in different resource pools.
  • The LBT procedure can be the same as one approach in embodiment 2, as the LBT procedure is independent from the autonomous resource selection.
  • In one embodiment, a gNB centralized resource allocation is provided.
  • A gNB centralized resource allocation is used to schedule the resource for both aperiodic service and periodic service. If a gNB cannot find adequate resource for a packet with higher priority, preemption procedures can be used and preemption indication can be carried in a DCI format.
  • Preemption Indication.
  • One option is the preemption information can be embedded in the DCI format that schedules the resource for the UE in the sidelink interface. Another option is the preemption information is signaled in a separate DCI format. Based upon the preemption information the UE receives, the UE transmit a SCI that carries the preemption indication in the sidelink interface.
  • The information conveyed in the preemption indication in a DCI format can include one of the following or a combination of the following: (maximum) channel occupancy time: it shows for how long the UE may reserve the preempted resource for this bursty transmission for aperiodic traffic or how many periodic cycles that the UE needs to reserve the resource and the periodicity of the reserved resource for the UE for periodic transmission or semi-persistent transmission; frequency resource location: it shows the resource location in frequency domain; and/or priority information: priority information of the packets that the preempting UE may send.
  • DCI Format.
  • A new DCI format may be introduced that considers different lengths of TTI for Uu and sidelink interface, different SCSs for Uu and sidelink interface etc. In addition to the fields in the DCI format 5A used in LTE V2X as copied below, other DCI fields may also be included in the DCI format: resource pool ID: the resource pool ID also indicates the SCS and/or TTI type to be used by the UE for the sidelink resource if a resource pool is configured related to a SCS and/or TTI type; otherwise, fields of TTI and/or SCS type are used to indicate which type of TTI and/or SCS is used by the UE for the sidelink; and/or number of retransmissions: more than one retransmissions are supported in the sidelink transmission.
  • The time gap and frequency resource location in the DCI format are interpreted according to the configured or indicated SCS and/or TTI type for the sidelink resource allocation.
  • The following information is transmitted by means of the DCI format 5A. In one example, carrier indicator—3 bits is present. In another example, lowest index of the subchannel allocation to the initial transmission −┌log2(Nsubchannel St.)┐ bits as defined. In yet another example, SCI format 1 fields are provided. In yet another example, frequency resource location of initial transmission and retransmission is provided. In yet another example, a time gap between initial transmission and retransmission is provide. In yet another example, an SL index—2 bits as defined (this field is present only for cases with TDD operation with uplink-downlink configuration 0-6).
  • When the format 5A CRC is scrambled with SL-SPS-V-RNTI, the following fields are present: SL SPS configuration index—3 bits; and activation/release indication—1 bit.
  • In one embodiment, LBT for periodic and aperiodic services in the same resource pool is provided.
  • When periodic and aperiodic services are configured in the same resource pool. LBT may be used in sensing resources for aperiodic services by excluding resources reserved by periodic services as is done in LTE V2X autonomous resource selection.
  • When LBT for aperiodic services and LTE-mode 4 like resource allocation for periodic services are used together in the same resource pool, there are some interactions between them. In the LTE-mode 4 like resource selection for periodic services, the UE may exclude resources reserved for aperiodic services. The SCI for aperiodic services may indicate the time duration the resources are reserved. When the SCI is not correctly decoded, the UE that performs the sensing cannot know how long the resources are reserved for aperiodic services, and may select candidate resources with minimum energy measurements in the sensing window. It may have a high probability that a resource reserved for aperiodic services is selected and may degrade the resource selection performance.
  • FIG. 14 illustrates an example resource selection 1400 according to embodiments of the present disclosure. The embodiment of the resource selection 1400 illustrated in FIG. 14 is for illustration only. FIG. 14 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • As illustrated in FIG. 14, the UE performs resource selection for periodic services. If the UE doesn't know the resources are reserved by another UE for aperiodic services in the selection window, the UE may not exclude those resources in the resource selection. When the UE performs the energy measurements in the sensing window and select a resource with minimum energy measurements, the UE may have a high probability that the UE selects a resource reserved for aperiodic services.
  • One of the considerations for periodic services is the UE performs the LBT on selected candidate resources and reserves a set of periodic resources when it is time to perform resource re-selection. These periodic resources may not conflict with resources excluded by decoded SCIs in the first step of the LBT as shown in embodiment 2. The drawback is more resources may be wasted for resource sensing that is required by LBT. But the resource waste only occurs at the time when the UE performs resource reselection.
  • For each resource reselection procedure, the UE performs LBT and selects a periodic resource for duration of time (resource reselection counter). At each transmission time, the resource reselection counter is decremented by one. When the resource reselection counter is decremented to zero, the UE performs resource selection and LBT again, and reserves a set of periodic resources for a duration of time (i.e., resource reselection counter*resource period).
  • In the example shown in FIG. 14, when the UE performs LBT for periodic services in the selection window, the UE may detect the resources that are occupied by other UEs for aperiodic services. The UE may have a higher probability that a resource that is not occupied by aperiodic services is selected.
  • Another approach for periodic services is the UE performs the LBT on selected candidate resources and start the transmission when the LBT is finished and one of the channels is sensed to be available for transmission. Similarly, the candidate resources where the LBT is performed may not conflict with resources excluded by decoded SCIs in the first step of the LBT as shown in embodiment 2. Like aperiodic services, each time when a periodic packet arrives, the UE restarts the LBT procedure for resource allocation.
  • In one embodiment, automatic resource selection after resource exclusion is provided. The resource exclusion methods described here may be applied to embodiment 6 as well as other embodiments e.g., embodiments 1-5.
  • Candidate resources may be obtained by excluding resources in the resource selection window reserved or being used by other UEs by decoded SCIs of these UEs. The reserved resources may be aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic. SCI format may indicate whether the resources reserved by a UE are one-time resource or semi-persistent (periodic) resources corresponding to periodic traffic and aperiodic traffic. For either one-time or semi-persistent (periodic) resource, multi-slot T-F resources are reserved for a large packet. For a multi-slot reserved T-F resource, SCI format may indicate the multiple slots where resources are reserved.
  • FIG. 15 illustrates another example resource selection 1500 according to embodiments of the present disclosure. The embodiment of the resource selection 1500 illustrated in FIG. 15 is for illustration only. FIG. 15 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • FIG. 15 shows an example where resource 1, 2, 5, and 6 are semi-persistent (periodic) one slot resource, resources 3-4 are semi-persistent (periodic) multi-slot resource and resource 7 is one-time (aperiodic) multi-slot resource.
  • In order to achieve an easier implementation for the indication in the SCI format, a consecutive multi-slot resource allocation can be supported where an additional field in the SCI format indicates the number of slots that are reserved for a UE in the following slots after this slot.
  • For example, in FIG. 15, resource 7 is one-time (aperiodic) multi-slot resource. A field in the SCI in the first slot of this resource indicates 4 slots that are reserved for this UE in the following slots after the first slot. A field in the SCI in the last slot of this resource indicates 0 slots that are reserved for this UE in the following slots after the slot, which means that the resource may be released for this UE after this slot.
  • When performing resource exclusion, the UE may measure PSSCH-RSRP for the decoded SCI. The resource is excluded only when the measured PSSCH-RSRP is higher than a PSSCH-RSRP threshold, otherwise, the resource may still remain in the candidate resource set for later resource selection. The measured PSSCH-RSRP may be an average PSSCH-RSRP in the past slots that indicate the resource is reserved in the resource selection window. The measured PSSCH-RSRP may be also a most recent measured PSSCH-RSRP in the past slot(s) that indicate(s) the resource is reserved in the resource selection window.
  • For example, in FIG. 15, resource 7 is one-time (aperiodic) multi-slot resource. The measured PSSCH-RSRP may be PSSCH-RSRP measured in the first slot of resource 7.
  • As an approach, when there are no enough available candidate resources remaining in the selection window after resource exclusion, the UE may measure PSSCH-RSRP for the decoded SCI and iteratively increase the PSSCH-RSRP threshold for deciding the reserved resources until there are enough available resources remaining in the selection window. PSSCH-RSRP threshold may be the same or different for one-time and semi-persistent (periodic) resource. The resource exclusion order for one-time and semi-persistent (periodic) resource may also be the same or different.
  • That means, in one example, after increasing PSSCH-RSSP threshold for semi-persistent (periodic) resources, more semi-persistent (periodic) resources may remain in the candidate resources that are enough for the available candidate resources. Those one-time resources may still remain excluded from the candidate resources. In one example, after increasing PSSCH-RS SP threshold for semi-persistent (periodic) resources, more semi-persistent (periodic) resources may remain in the candidate resources that are enough for the available candidate resources. Some more one-time resources may also be included in the candidate resources by increasing a PSSCH-RS SP threshold.
  • After resource exclusion, among available candidate resources in the selection window, the UE may randomly select or select resources for transmission with the input and help from other sidelink measurements and reports.
  • Sidelink measurements and reports may be used for the input and assistance in the resource selection procedure. Sidelink measurements and reports may be performed and obtained from either receiver side or transmitter side. Sidelink measurement and reports at receiver side are more useful than transmitter side ones for resource selection.
  • The resource selection assistance methods described here may be applied to embodiment 6 as well as other embodiments e.g., embodiments 1-5, such as LBT-like resource selection.
  • Some examples of sidelink measurements and reports are ACK/NACK, CQI, PMI, RI, RSRP, RSRQ, pathloss, SRI, CRI, interference condition, and vehicle motion etc. The following are applied to ACK/NACK feedback and RSRP/RSSI/CSI report as well as other sidelink measurements and reports with some necessary adaptation.
  • Sidelink measurements and reports may include ACK/NACK feedback and RSRP/RSSI/CSI report. When a UE receives a NACK for a TB on a resource (e.g., semi-persistent (periodic) resource or a frequency resource), the UE may be given a lower priority to get selected or excluded in the resource reselection. When a UE receive an ACK for a TB on a resource (e.g., semi-persistent (periodic) resource or a frequency resource), the UE may be given a higher priority to get selected or included in the resource reselection.
  • Similarly, when a UE obtained a CSI/RSRP/RSSI report with a bad quality for a resource ((e.g., semi-persistent (periodic) resource or a frequency resource), the UE may be given a lower priority to get selected or excluded in the resource reselection. When a UE obtains a CSI/RSRP/RSSI report with a good quality for a resource ((e.g., semi-persistent (periodic) resource or a frequency resource), the UE may be given a higher priority to get selected or included in the resource reselection.
  • RSRQ/RSSI Measurements.
  • In LTE sensing procedures, a UE uses the PSSCH_RSRP measurement of the PSSCH associated with a decoded SCI of another UE for excluding resources that are reserved by this another UE. If the PSSCH_RSRP measurement is higher than a threshold, the reserved resource is excluded from the candidate resource sets.
  • There is a possibility that if the PSSCH_RSRP measurement is lower than a threshold, but the PSSCH_RSRQ is lower than a threshold. That means the interferences from other UEs are high. In this case, the reserved resource may be excluded from the candidate resource sets.
  • There is also a possibility that if the PSSCH_RSRP measurement is lower than a threshold, but the PSSCH_RSRQ is also higher than a threshold. That means the interferences from other UE are low. In this case, the reserved resource may not be excluded from the candidate resource sets.
  • Therefore, there is a need that PSCCH/PSSCH_RSRQ is also used as a metric in the sensing procedure to exclude the reserved resource from the candidate resource sets.
  • As an alternative approach, there is also a need that PSCCH/PSSCH_RSSI is also used as a metric in the sensing procedure to exclude the reserved resource from the candidate resource sets.
  • In one embodiment, the whole procedure for resource exclusion is shown in TABLE 1.
  • TABLE 1
    Whole procedure for resource exclusion
    If PSCCH/PSSCH_RSRP of a decoded SCI or the associated PSSCH
    is higher than a threshold ThRSRP1 , then
     the resource reserved by the decoded SCI is excluded.
    else if PSCCH/PSSCH_RSRQ of a decoded SCI or the associated
    PSSCH is higher than a threshold ThRSRQ1
     the resource reserved by the decoded SCI is not excluded.
    else if PSCCH/PSSCH_RSRQ of a decoded SCI or the associated
    PSSCH is not higher than a threshold ThRSRQ1
     the resource reserved by the decoded SCI is not excluded.
    else if PSCCH/PSSCH_RSRP of a decoded SCI or the associated
    PSSCH is lower than a threshold ThRSRP2 , then
     the resource reserved by the decoded SCI is not excluded.
    end
  • In one embodiment, the whole procedure for resource exclusion is shown in TABLE 2.
  • TABLE 2
    Whole procedure for resource exclusion
    If PSCCH/PSSCH_RSRP of a decoded SCI or the associated PSSCH
    is higher than a threshold ThRSRP1 , then
     the resource reserved by the decoded SCI is excluded.
    else if PSCCH/PSSCH_RSSI of a decoded SCI or the associated
    PSSCH is higher than a threshold ThRSSI1
     The resource reserved by the decoded SCI is not excluded.
    else if PSCCH/PSSCH_RSRQ of a decoded SCI or the associated
    PSSCH is not higher than a threshold ThRSSI1
     the resource reserved by the decoded SCI is not excluded.
    else if PSCCH/PSSCH_RSRP of a decoded SCI or the associated
    PSSCH is lower than a threshold ThRSRP2 , then
     the resource reserved by the decoded SCI is not excluded.
    end
  • LTE V2X defines subchannels as a group of RBs in the same subframe, and the number of RBs per subchannel can vary. Subchannels are used to transmit data and control information. The data is transmitted in transport blocks (TBs) over physical sidelink shared channels (PSSCH), and the sidelink control information (SCI) messages are transmitted over physical sidelink control channels (PSCCH). A UE that wants to transmit a TB may also transmit an associated SCI, which is also referred to as a scheduling assignment. The SCI includes information such as the modulation and coding scheme (MCS) used to transmit the TB, the frequency resource allocation, and the resource reservation interval for semi-persistent scheduling (SPS). A TB and its associated SCI may always be transmitted in the same subframe.
  • LTE V2X defines two subchannelization schemes. In one example of adjacent PSCCH+PSSCH, the SCI and TB are transmitted in adjacent RBs. For each SCI+TB transmission, the SCI occupies the first two RBs of the first subchannel utilized for the transmission. The TB is transmitted in the RBs following the SCI, and can occupy several subchannels (depending on a size). If it does so, the TB may also occupy the first two RBs of the following subchannels.
  • In another example of nonadjacent PSCCH+PSSCH, the RBs are divided into pools. One pool is dedicated to transmit only SCIs, and the SCIs occupy two RBs. The second pool is reserved to transmit only TBs and is divided into subchannels.
  • Multiplexing physical channels considering at least the above aspects are provided. In one example, multiplexing of PSCCH and the associated PSSCH (here, the “associated” means that the PSCCH at least carries information necessary to decode the PSSCH).
  • In one instance, PSCCH and the associated PSSCH are transmitted using non-overlapping time resources. In such instance, the frequency resources used by the two channels are the same. In such instance, the frequency resources used by the two channels can be different.
  • In one instance, PSCCH and the associated PSSCH are transmitted using non-overlapping frequency resources in the all the time resources used for transmission. The time resources used by the two channels are the same.
  • In one instance, a part of PSCCH and the associated PSSCH are transmitted using overlapping time resources in non-overlapping frequency resources, but another part of the associated PSSCH and/or another part of the PSCCH are transmitted using non-overlapping time resources.
  • In 3GPP standardization, at least two sidelink resource allocation modes are defined for NR-V2X sidelink communication. In one example of mode 1, base station schedules sidelink resource(s) to be used by UE for sidelink transmission(s). In one example of mode 2, a UE determines (i.e. base station does not schedule) sidelink transmission resource(s) within sidelink resources configured by base station/network or pre-configured sidelink resources.
  • It is noted that eNB control of NR sidelink and gNB control of LTE sidelink resources may be separately considered in corresponding agenda items. Mode-2 definition covers potential sidelink radio-layer functionality or resource allocation sub-modes (subject to further refinement including merging of some or all of them) where: a UE autonomously selects sidelink resource for transmission; a UE assists sidelink resource selection for other UE(s); a UE is configured with NR configured grant (type-1 like) for sidelink transmission; and/or a UE schedules sidelink transmissions of other UEs.
  • Multiplexing of PSCCH and the Associated PSSCH.
  • In LTE V2X, the number of frequency RBs each PSCCH channel occupies is fixed to be 2 RBs and the time duration each PSCCH occupies is fixed to be one subframe. In order to support more efficient resource utilization, the NR needs to support varying time duration and varying number of frequency RBs of PSCCH channels. This is especially useful in unicast/groupcast cases that are to be supported in NR V2X.
  • For option 1: PSCCH and the associated PSSCH are transmitted using non-overlapping time resources. There are two sub-options: option 1A and option 1B. Option 1A: the frequency resources used by the two channels are the same. Option 1B: the frequency resources used by the two channels can be different.
  • FIG. 16 illustrates an example OFDM symbols for PSCCH 1600 according to embodiments of the present disclosure. The embodiment of the OFDM symbols for PSCCH 1600 illustrated in FIG. 16 is for illustration only. FIG. 16 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • For option 1A, if a PSCCH and its associated PSSCH are multiplexed in the same slot, the number of OFDM symbols that the PSCCH uses may vary depending upon the channel states and number of frequency RBs that the PSCCH and the PSSCH occupy. FIG. 16 shows the case where the number of OFDM symbols that the PSCCH occupies changes in different conditions. The receiver UE needs to blindly decode the PSCCH channel while trying different numbers of OFDM symbols.
  • FIG. 17 illustrates another example OFDM symbols for PSCCH according 1700 to embodiments of the present disclosure. The embodiment of the OFDM symbols for PSCCH illustrated in FIG. 17 is for illustration only. FIG. 17 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • For option 1A, if a PSCCH and its associated PSSCH are multiplexed in different slots and the number of OFDM symbols that the PSCCH uses may vary depending upon the channel states and number of frequency RBs that the PSCCH and the PSSCH occupy. FIG. 17 shows the case where the number of OFDM symbols that the PSCCH occupies changes in different conditions. The receiver UE needs to blindly decode the PSCCH channel while trying different numbers of OFDM symbols.
  • FIG. 18 illustrates yet another example OFDM symbols for PSCCH 1800 according to embodiments of the present disclosure. The embodiment of the OFDM symbols for PSCCH 1800 illustrated in FIG. 18 is for illustration only. FIG. 18 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • For option 1B, the frequency resources used by the two channels of PSCCH and PSSCH may be different. If a PSCCH and its associated PSSCH are multiplexed in the same slot, both/either the number of OFDM symbols and/or the number of frequency RBs that the PSCCH uses may vary depending upon the channel states and number of frequency RBs that the PSSCH occupies. FIG. 18 shows the case where both/either the number of OFDM symbols and/or the number of frequency RBs that the PSCCH occupies changes in different conditions. The receiver UE needs to blindly decode the PSCCH channel while trying both/either different numbers of OFDM symbols and/or different numbers of frequency RBs.
  • FIG. 19 illustrates yet another example OFDM symbols for PSCCH 1900 according to embodiments of the present disclosure. The embodiment of the OFDM symbols for PSCCH 1900 illustrated in FIG. 19 is for illustration only. FIG. 19 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • For option 1B, the frequency resources used by the two channels may be different. If a PSCCH and its associated PSSCH are multiplexed in different slots, both/either the number of OFDM symbols and/or the number of frequency RBs that the PSCCH uses may vary depending upon the channel states and number of frequency RBs that the PSSCH occupies. FIG. 19 shows the case where the number of OFDM symbols and the number of frequency RBs that the PSCCH occupies changes in different conditions. The receiver UE needs to blindly decode the PSCCH channel while trying both/either different numbers of OFDM symbols and/or different numbers of frequency RBs.
  • FIG. 20 illustrates yet another example OFDM symbols for PSCCH 2000 according to embodiments of the present disclosure. The embodiment of the OFDM symbols for PSCCH 2000 illustrated in FIG. 20 is for illustration only. FIG. 20 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • For option 2: PSCCH and the associated PSSCH are transmitted using non-overlapping frequency resources in all the time resources used for transmission. The time resources used by the two channels are the same. The frequency resources that PSCCH and the associated PSSCH occupy can be either adjacent or non-adjacent. The number of frequency RBs that the PSCCH uses may vary depending upon the channel states. FIG. 20 shows the case where the number of frequency RBs that the PSCCH occupies changes in different cases. The receiver UE needs to blindly decode the PSCCH channel while trying different numbers of frequency RBs.
  • FIG. 21 illustrates yet another example OFDM symbols for PSCCH 2100 according to embodiments of the present disclosure. The embodiment of the OFDM symbols for PSCCH 2100 illustrated in FIG. 21 is for illustration only. FIG. 21 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • For option 3: a part of PSCCH and the associated PSSCH are transmitted using overlapping time resources in non-overlapping frequency resources, but another part of the associated PSSCH and/or another part of the PSCCH are transmitted using non-overlapping time resources. Both/either the number of OFDM symbols and/or the number of frequency RBs that the PSCCH uses may vary depending upon the channel states and number of frequency RBs that the PSSCH occupies. FIG. 21 shows the case where the number of OFDM symbols and the number of the frequency RBs that the PSCCH occupies changes in different conditions. The receiver UE needs to blindly decode the PSCCH channel while trying both/either different numbers of OFDM symbols and/or different numbers of frequency RBs.
  • Resource Allocation for Semi-Persistent/Periodic Services.
  • Depending upon whether option 1, option 2, or, option 3 is configured with a resource pool, the resource allocation mechanism for semi-persistent/periodic service in NR mode 2 can be different.
  • When option 1A is configured, and a PSCCH and its associated PSSCH are multiplexed in the same slot.
  • The resource allocation procedure for PSCCH and PSSCH can be the same one, i.e., there is only one resource allocation procedure for both PSCCH and PSSCH. But different UEs share the same resource pool for both PSCCH and PSSCH. There are two resource sets SA and SB. The set SA is initialized to the union of all the candidate single-slot resources. The set SB is initialized to an empty set.
  • The UE needs to decode possible SCIs and exclude all resources from SA that are reserved and indicated by the decoded SCIs of other UEs for the following reservation intervals within the selection window with the PSCCH-RSRP/PSSCH-RSRP measurement higher than a PSCCH-RSRP/PSSCH-RSRP threshold. Because different UEs may have different numbers of OFDM symbols for corresponding PSCCH, blind decoding is required for each SCI by trying different numbers of OFDM symbols for each SCI. The UE moves a (pre)configured number of candidate resources for PSCCH and PSSCH with the smallest metric of RSSI to the candidate resource set SB. The UE randomly selects one of the candidate resources for PSCCH and PSSCH from set SB.
  • When option 1A is configured, and a PSCCH and its associated PSSCH are multiplexed in different slots.
  • The resource allocation procedure for PSCCH and PSSCH can be separate but related. For PSCCH and PSSCH multiplexed in different slots, the time slot offset between PSCCH and PSSCH in the selection window is assumed to be same as that in the sensing window. For PSCCH and PSSCH channels, there are two separate resource sets SA and SB respectively for each channel. The set SA for each channel is initialized to the union of all the candidate single-slot resources. The set SB for each channel is initialized to an empty set.
  • For the PSCCH resource selection, the UE needs to decode possible SCIs and exclude all resources from PSCCH SA that are reserved by the decoded SCIs of other UEs for the following reservation intervals within the selection window with the PSCCH-RSRP measurement higher than a PSCCH-RSRP threshold. Because different UEs may have different numbers of OFDM symbols for corresponding PSCCH, blind decoding is required for each SCI by trying different numbers of OFDM symbols for each SCI.
  • For the PSSCH resource selection, the UE needs to exclude all resources from PSSCH SA that are reserved and indicated by the SCIs of other UEs that are blindly decoded in the PSCCH resource selection for the following reservation intervals in the selection window with the PSSCH-RSRP measurement higher than a PSSCH-RSRP threshold.
  • When PSCCH and PSSCH are configured in the same resource pool, the PSCCH or PSSCH needs to exclude from the respective PSCCH and PSSCH SA all resources that are occupied or reserved by PSSCH or PSCCH.
  • When PSCCH and PSSCH are multiplexed in different slots, the resource selection for PSCCH and PSSCH needs to be considered together. A PSCCH-RSRP and PS SCH-RSRP can be (pre)configured or iteratively increased by a delta dB until the number of candidate PSCCH and PSSCH resources remaining in PSCCH SA and PSSCH SA is larger than a (pre)configured value.
  • The UE moves a (pre)configured number of candidate resources for PSCCH and PSSCH with the smallest metric of RSSI to their respective candidate resource sets SB. The UE may select the resources of PSCCH and PSSCH that lie in the same frequency RBs from their respective PSCCH and PSSCH candidate resource sets SB, rather than randomly selecting the resources of PSCCH and PSSCH independently.
  • When there are more than one resource of PSCCH and PSSCH that lie in the same frequency RBs in their respective PSCCH and PSSCH candidate resource sets, the UE can e.g., randomly select the resources for PSCCH and PSSCH that lie in the same frequency RBs. When there are no resources of PSCCH and PSSCH that lie in the same frequency RBs in their respective PSCCH and PSSCH candidate resource sets, the UE moves another (pre)configured number of candidate resources for PSCCH and PSSCH with the smallest metric of RSSI to their respective candidate resource sets SB.
  • When there are no more candidate resources for PSCCH and PSSCH that can be moved from SA to SB. The above procedure can be repeated by increasing both/either the PSCCH-RSRP threshold and/or PSSCH-RSRP by a delta dB value until at least one candidate resource for PSCCH and PSSCH can be found that lies in the same frequency RBs from their respective candidate resource sets SB.
  • FIG. 22 illustrates a flowchart of a method 2200 for resource allocation procedures according to embodiments of the present disclosure. The embodiment of the method 2200 illustrated in FIG. 22 is for illustration only. FIG. 22 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation. The whole resource allocation procedure is shown in FIG. 22.
  • When option 1B is configured, and a PSCCH and its associated PSSCH are multiplexed in the same slot.
  • The resource allocation procedure for PSCCH and PSSCH can be the same one, i.e., there is only one resource allocation procedure for both PSCCH and PSSCH. But different UEs share the same resource pool for both PSCCH and PSSCH. There are two resource sets SA and SB. The set SA is initialized to the union of all the candidate single-slot resources. The set SB is initialized to an empty set.
  • The UE needs to decode possible SCIs and exclude all resources from SA that are reserved and indicated by the decoded SCIs of other UEs for the following reservation intervals within the selection window with the PSSCH-RSRP measurement higher than a PSSCH-RSRP threshold. Because different UEs may have both/either different numbers of OFDM symbols and/or different numbers of frequency RBs for corresponding PSCCH, the blind decoding is required for each SCI by trying both/either different numbers of OFDM symbols and/or different numbers of frequency RBs for each SCI. The UE moves a (pre)configured number of candidate resources for PSCCH and PSSCH with the smallest metric of RSSI to the candidate resource set SB. The UE randomly selects one of the resources for PSCCH and PSSCH from set SB.
  • When option 1B is configured, and a PSCCH and its associated PSSCH are multiplexed in different slots.
  • The resource allocation procedure for PSCCH and PSSCH can be separate. For PSCCH and PSSCH multiplexed in different slots, the time slot offset between PSCCH and PSSCH in the selection window may be assumed the same as that in the sensing window. For PSCCH and PSCCH, there are two separate resource sets SA and SB for each channel. The set SA for each channel is initialized to the union of all the candidate single-slot resources. The set SB for each channel is initialized to an empty set.
  • For the PSCCH resource selection, the UE needs to decode possible SCIs and exclude all resources from PSCCH SA that are reserved by the decoded SCIs of other UEs for the following reservation intervals within the selection window with the PSCCH-RSRP measurement higher than a PSCCH-RSRP threshold. Because different UEs may have both/either different numbers of OFDM symbols and/or different numbers of frequency RBs for corresponding PSCCH, blind decoding is required for each SCI by trying both/either different numbers of OFDM symbols and/or different numbers of frequency RBs for each SCI.
  • For the PSSCH resource selection, the UE needs to exclude all resources from PSSCH SA that are reserved by the SCIs of other UEs that are blindly decoded in the PSCCH resource selection for the following reservation intervals in the selection window with the PSSCH-RSRP measurement higher than a PSSCH-RSRP threshold.
  • When PSCCH and PSSCH are configured in the same resource pool, the PSCCH or PSSCH needs to exclude from the respective PSCCH and PSSCH SA all resources that are occupied or reserved by PSSCH or PSCCH.
  • A PSCCH-RSRP and PSSCH-RSRP can be (pre)configured or iteratively increased by a delta dB until the number of candidate PSCCH and PSSCH resources remaining in PSCCH SA and PSSCH SA is larger than a (pre)configured value. The UE moves a (pre)configured number of candidate resources for PSCCH and PSSCH with the smallest metric of RSSI to their respective candidate resource sets SB. The UE may randomly select the resources for PSCCH and PSSCH independently.
  • When option 2 is configured, PSCCH and the associated PSSCH are transmitted using non-overlapping adjacent frequency resources.
  • When PSCCH and the associated PSSCH are adjacent in frequency resources. The resource allocation procedure for PSCCH and PSSCH can be the same one, i.e., there is only one resource allocation procedure for both PSCCH and PSSCH. But different UEs share the same resource pool for both PSCCH and PSSCH. There are two resource sets SA and SB. The set SA is initialized to the union of all the candidate single-slot resources. The set SB is initialized to an empty set.
  • The UE needs to decode possible SCIs and exclude all resources from SA that are reserved and indicated by the decoded SCIs of other UEs for the following reservation intervals within the selection window with the PSCCH-RSRP/PSSCH-RSRP measurement higher than a PSCCH-RSRP/PSSCH-RSRP threshold. Because different UEs may have different numbers of frequency RBs for corresponding PSCCH, blind decoding is required for each SCI by trying different numbers of frequency RBs for each SCI. The UE moves a (pre)configured number of candidate resources for PSCCH and PSSCH with the smallest metric of RSSI to their respective candidate resource set SB. The UE randomly selects one of the resources for PSCCH and PSSCH from set SB.
  • When option 2 is configured, PSCCH and the associated PSSCH are transmitted using non-overlapping non-adjacent frequency resources.
  • The resource allocation procedure for PSCCH and PSSCH can be separate but related. For PSCCH and PSSCH multiplexed in non-adjacent frequency RBs, the frequency RB offset between PSCCH and PSSCH in the selection window is assumed to be the same as that in the sensing window. For PSCCH and PSCCH, there are two separate resource sets SA and SB for each channel. The set SA for each channel is initialized to the union of all the candidate single-slot resources. The set SB for each channel is initialized to an empty set.
  • For the PSCCH resource selection, the UE needs to decode possible SCIs and exclude all resources from PSCCH SA that are reserved by the decoded SCIs of other UEs for the following reservation intervals within the selection window with the PSCCH-RSRP measurement higher than a PSCCH-RSRP threshold. Because different UEs may have different numbers of frequency RBs for corresponding PSCCH, blind decoding is required for each SCI by trying different numbers of frequency RBs for each SCI.
  • For the PSSCH resource selection, the UE needs to exclude all resources from PSSCH SA that are reserved and indicated by the SCIs of other UEs that are blindly decoded in the PSCCH resource selection for the following reservation intervals in the selection window with the PSSCH-RSRP measurement higher than a PSSCH-RSRP threshold.
  • When PSCCH and PSSCH are configured in the same resource pool, the PSCCH or PSSCH needs to exclude from the respective PSCCH and PSSCH SA all resources that are occupied or reserved by PSSCH or PSCCH.
  • The resource selection for PSCCH and PSSCH needs to be considered together. A PSCCH-RSRP and PSSCH-RSRP can be (pre)configured or iteratively increased by a delta dB until the number of candidate PSCCH and PSSCH resources remaining in PSCCH SA and PSSCH SA is larger than a (pre)configured value. The UE moves a (pre)configured number of candidate resources for PSCCH and PSSCH with the smallest metric of RSSI to their respective candidate resource sets SB.
  • The UE may select the resources of PSCCH and PSSCH that lie in the same time slots from their respective PSCCH and PSSCH candidate resource sets SB, rather than randomly selecting the resources of PSCCH and PSSCH independently. When there is more than one resource of PSCCH and PSSCH that lies in the same time slot in their respective PSCCH and PSSCH candidate resource sets, the UE randomly selects the resources for PSCCH and PSSCH that lie in the same time slot. When there is no resource of PSCCH and PSSCH that lies in the same time slot in their respective PSCCH and PSSCH candidate resource sets, the UE moves another (pre)configured number of candidate resources for PSCCH and PSSCH with the smallest metric of RSSI to their respective candidate resource sets SB.
  • When there are no more candidate resources for PSCCH and PSSCH that can be moved from SA to SB. The above procedure can be repeated by increasing both/either the PSCCH-RSRP threshold and/or PSSCH-RSRP by a delta dB value until at least one candidate resource for PSCCH and PSSCH can be found that lies in the same time slot from their respective candidate resource sets SB.
  • As illustrated in FIG. 22, the method 2200 in step 2202 starts PSCCH resource selection. The method 2200 in step 2204 determines that SA is initialized to the union of all the candidate single-slot resources. The set SB is initialized to an empty set. In step 2206, the method 2200 excludes PSCCH resources from SA that are reserved by decoded SCIs with RSRP higher than a PSCCH threshold. In step 2208, the method 2200 moves PSCCH resources with smallest RSSI to PSCCH candidate resource sets SB. In step 2218, the method 2200 determines whether there are any available candidate PSCCH/PSSCH resources in SB that lie in the same frequency RBs. In step 2218, if there are available candidate PSCCH/PSSCH resources, the method 2200 in step 2220 randomly selects the resources for PSCCH and PSSCH that lie in the same frequency RBs, and then the method 2200 ends the method in step 2230. In step 2218, if there are no available candidate PSCCH/PSSCH resources, the method 2200 performs step 2222. In step 2222, the method 2200 determines there are any candidate resources for PSCCH and PSSCH that can be moved from SA to SB. In step 2222, if there are candidate resources for PSCCH and PSSCH, the method 2200 in step 2226 moves another set of PSCCH resources from SA with smallest RSSI to PSCCH candidate resource sets SB and moves in step 2228 another set of PSSCH resources from SA with smallest RSSI to PSSCH candidate resource sets SB. If there are no candidate resources for PSCCH and PSSCH in step 2222, the method 2200 increases both/either PSCCH-RSRP threshold and/or PSSCH-RSRP by a delta dB value in step 2224, and then procedure performs step 2202. The method 2200 start PSCCH resource selection in step 2210. The method 2200 in step 2212 determines that SA is initialized to the union of all the candidate single-slot resources. The set SB is initialized to an empty set. In step 2214, the method 2200 excludes PSSCH resources that are reserved by decoded SCIs with RSRP higher than a PSSCH threshold. In step 2216, the method 2200 moves PSSCH resources with smallest RSSI to PSSCH candidate resource sets SB and then the method 2200 performs step 2218.
  • FIG. 23 illustrates another flowchart of a method 2300 for resource allocation procedures according to embodiments of the present disclosure. The embodiment of method 2300 illustrated in FIG. 23 is for illustration only. FIG. 23 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • The whole resource allocation procedure is shown in FIG. 23.
  • When option 3 is configured, the PSCCH and its associated PSSCH are multiplexed in the same slot. The resource allocation procedure for PSCCH and PSSCH can be the same one, i.e., there is only one resource allocation procedure for both PSCCH and PSSCH. But different UEs share the same resource pool for both PSCCH and PSSCH. There are two resource sets SA and SB. The set SA is initialized to the union of all the candidate single-slot resources. The set SB is initialized to an empty set.
  • The UE needs to decode possible SCIs and exclude all resources from SA that are reserved and indicated by the decoded SCIs of other UEs for the following reservation intervals within the selection window with the PSCCH-RSRP/PSSCH-RSRP measurement higher than a PSCCH-RSRP/PSSCH-RSRP threshold. Because different UEs may have both/either different numbers of OFDM symbols and/or different numbers of frequency RBs for corresponding PSCCH, blind decoding is required for each SCI by trying both/either different numbers of OFDM symbols and/or different numbers of frequency RBs for each SCI.
  • The UE moves a (pre)configured number of candidate resources for PSCCH and PSSCH with the smallest metric of RSSI to the candidate resource set SB. The UE randomly selects one of the resources for PSCCH and PSSCH from set SB.
  • For the above 7 cases, if aperiodic services utilize the same resource pool as that of semi-persistent/periodic services, the UE needs to exclude resources from SA that are reserved and indicated by SCIs for aperiodic services. When moving candidate resources from SA to SB with the smallest metric RSSI, the UE needs to perform linear average of RSSI of past resources in the sensing window that don't overlap with resources occupied by aperiodic services.
  • As illustrated in FIG. 23, the method 2300 in step 2302 starts PSCCH resource selection. The method 2300 in step 2304 determines that SA is initialized to the union of all the candidate single-slot resources and the set SB is initialized to an empty set. In step 2306, the method 2300 excludes PSCCH resources from SA that are reserved by decoded SCIs with RSRP higher than a PSCCH threshold. In step 2308, the method 2300 moves PSCCH resources with smallest RSSI to PSCCH candidate resource sets SB. In step 2318, the method 2300 determines whether there are any available candidate PSCCH/PSSCH resources in SB that lies in the same time slot. In step 2318, if there are available candidate PSCCH/PSSCH resources, the method 2300 in step 2320 randomly select the resources for PSCCH and PSSCH that lie in the same frequency RBs. And the method 2300 ends the method 2300 in step 2330. In step 2318, if there are no available candidate PSCCH/PSSCH resources, the method 2300 performs step 2322. In step 2322, the method 2300 determines there are any candidate resources for PSCCH and PSSCH that can be moved from SA to SB. In step 2322, if there are candidate resources for PSCCH and PSSCH, the method 2300 in step 2326 moves another set of PSCCH resources from SA with smallest RSSI to PSCCH candidate resource sets SB and in step 2328 moves another set of PSSCH resources from SA with smallest RSSI to PSSCH candidate resource sets SB. If there are no candidate resources for PSCCH and PSSCH in step 2322, the method 2300 increases both/either PSCCH-RSRP threshold and/or PSSCH-RSRP by a delta dB value in step 2324, and then procedure performs step 2302. The method 2300 starts PSCCH resource selection in step 2310. The method 2300 in step 2312 determines that SA is initialized to the union of all the candidate single-slot resources. The set SB is initialized to an empty set. In step 2314, the method 2300 excludes PSSCH resources that are reserved by decoded SCIs with RSRP higher than a PSSCH threshold. In step 2316, the method 2300 moves PSSCH resources with smallest RSSI to PSSCH candidate resource sets SB and then the method 2300 performs step 2318.
  • LBT Resource Allocation.
  • For option 1A where PSCCH and the associated PSSCH are multiplexed in the same slot, option 1B where PSCCH and the associated PSSCH are multiplexed in the same slot, option 2 and option 3, the sensing occasion can be slot based if the resource allocation is slot based, or sensing occasion can be mini-slot based if the resource allocation is mini-slot based.
  • For option 1A where PSCCH and the associated PSSCH are multiplexed in different slots, option 1B where PSCCH and the associated PSSCH are multiplexed in different slots, because PSCCH and its associated PSSCH can be located in different slots, there are opportunities that in one slot, the PSCCH symbols are occupied, but PSSCH symbols are not occupied. Therefore, for LBT procedure, the sensing occasion may start in the middle of the slot.
  • In one embodiment of step 1, the UE finds a set of candidate resources for LBT that are consecutive in both frequency domain and time domain and can meet the latency requirement for aperiodic/periodic traffic transmission.
  • There are two resource sets SA and SB. The set SA is initialized to all the T-F resources in the selection window. The set SB is initialized to an empty set. If aperiodic services utilize the same resource pool as semi-persistent/periodic services, the UE needs to decode possible SCIs and exclude all resources from SA that partly or fully overlap with the resources that are reserved and indicated by the decoded SCIs of other UEs for the following reservation intervals within the selection window with the PSCCH-RSRP/PSSCH-RSRP measurement higher than a PSCCH-RSRP/PSSCH-RSRP threshold.
  • The UE also needs to exclude resources from SA that are reserved and indicated by SCIs for aperiodic services. Because different UEs may have both/either different numbers of OFDM symbols and/or different numbers of frequency RBs for corresponding PSCCH, blind decoding is required for each SCI by trying both/either different numbers of OFDM symbols and/or different numbers of frequency RBs for each SCI. The UE moves a (pre)configured number of candidate resources that meet the resource amount requirement for LBT detection to the candidate resource set SB e.g., with the smallest metric of RSSI in the sensing window or with longest number of available consecutive time slots.
  • When calculating RSSI, the UE needs to perform linear average of RSSI for past resources in the sensing window that don't overlap with resources occupied by aperiodic services. If there are no candidate resource sets in SB, one option is to increase a PSSCH-RSRP threshold iteratively by a delta dB until there are a (pre)configured number of candidate resources in set SB.
  • FIG. 24 illustrates an example frequency resource allocation 2400 according to embodiments of the present disclosure. The embodiment of the frequency resource allocation 2400 illustrated in FIG. 24 is for illustration only. FIG. 24 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • As illustrated in FIG. 24, the UE needs one frequency resource in three consecutive slots to transmit a bursty/periodic packet. The UE excludes the resources that are reserved by other UEs from SA and moved the candidate resources of consecutive slots to SB. So there are three candidate resources in SB numbered 1, 2 and 3 for LBT in FIG. 24. If a (pre)configured number of candidate resources is 2, the UE needs to move only 2 candidate resources to SB. If the longest number of available consecutive time slots for candidate resources is used as the metric to select candidate resources to move to SB, the candidate resources numbered 2 and 3 in FIG. 24 are moved to SB for LBT. If the smallest metric of RSSI is used as the metric to select candidate resources, and the candidate resources numbered 1 and 2 have the lowest metric of RSSI, candidate resources numbered 1 and 2 in FIG. 24 are moved to SB for LBT.
  • In one embodiment of step 2, the UE may use all or select only some of the candidate resources from set SB and does LBT resource sensing on these candidate resources respectively. When the resource allocation is slot based or mini-slot based for option 1A where PSCCH and the associated PSSCH are multiplexed in the same slot, option 1B where PSCCH and the associated PSSCH are multiplexed in the same slot and option 2 and option 3, the sensing occasion for LBT on each candidate resource is slot aligned or mini-slot aligned. Another option is the sensing occasion for LBT on each candidate resource may start from any OFDM symbol that is not excluded from set SA.
  • For option 1A where PSCCH and the associated PSSCH are multiplexed in different slots, option 1B where PSCCH and the associated PSSCH are multiplexed in different slots, the sensing occasion for LBT on each candidate resource may start from any OFDM symbol that is not excluded from set SA and not occupied by PSCCH symbols.
  • In one embodiment, the LBT procedure is provided on each candidate resource selected for LBT. In one example, the LBT procedure sets N=Ninit, where Ninit is a random number uniformly distributed between 0 and CWp, and go to step 4. In one example, if N>0 and the eNB chooses to decrement the counter, set N=N−1. In one example, the LBT procedure senses the channel for additional slot duration, and if the additional slot duration is idle, goes to step 4; else, goes to step 5. In one example, if N=0, the LBT procedure stops; else, goes to step 2. In one example, the LBT procedure senses the channel until either a busy slot is detected within an additional defer duration Td or all the slots of the additional defer duration Td are detected to be idle. In one example, if the channel is sensed to be idle during all slot durations of the additional defer duration Td, the LBT procedure goes to step 4; else, goes to step 5.
  • In one embodiment, the LBT procedure is provided on each candidate resource selected for LBT. The difference is that whenever the UE detects any transmission in current resource allocation slot, the LBT procedure is paused in current resource allocation slot. The UE may not resume the LBT until next available resource allocation slot. In one example, the LBT procedure sets N=Ninit, where Ninit is a random number uniformly distributed between 0 and CWp, and goes to step 4. In one example, if N>0 and the eNB chooses to decrement the counter, sets N=N−1. In one example, the LBT procedure senses the channel for additional slot duration, and if the additional slot duration is idle, goes to step 4; else, goes to step 5. In one example, if N=0, the LBT procedure stops; else, goes to step 2. In one example, the LBT procedure waits until next resource allocation slot to resume LBT procedure, and the LBT procedure goes to step 1.
  • In one example of selection of the N in each slot, when the UE fails to sense in current slot, N in next slot can be decreased by a value (e.g., n) to N-n. n may be configured by higher layers or set by the UE itself. The initial N at the beginning of each LBT can be configured by higher layers or set by the UE itself. There may be a constraint on the maximum value for N so that the remaining symbols in a resource allocation slot can be used for transmitting some data.
  • The slot duration and defer duration Td defined here can be configured to be a symbol duration or more or less than a symbol duration. When the LBT procedure finishes, and some candidate channels are sensed to be idle, the UE can (e.g., randomly or select the candidate channel with the longest available consecutive time slots) select one of the candidate channels to continue the following transmission. When the current timing is not slot or mini-slot aligned, the UE can transmit some data on one of the candidate channels until the timing comes to a slot or mini-slot time point.
  • This data may be data for other purposes other than aperiodic/periodic traffic packets. From the start of next slot or mini-slot, the UE starts to transmit the aperiodic/periodic packet. This data may also be data for other purposes other than aperiodic/periodic traffic packets followed by part of the aperiodic/periodic traffic packets (including either PSCCH or PSSCH or both).
  • There are some options for transmitting data other than traffic packet as shown in FIG. 25 to FIG. 30.
  • FIG. 25 illustrates an example frequency and time resource allocation 2500 according to embodiments of the present disclosure. The embodiment of the frequency and time resource allocation 2500 illustrated in FIG. 25 is for illustration only. FIG. 25 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • FIG. 26 illustrates another example frequency and time resource allocation 2600 according to embodiments of the present disclosure. The embodiment of the frequency and time resource allocation 2600 illustrated in FIG. 26 is for illustration only. FIG. 26 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • FIG. 27 illustrates yet another example frequency and time resource allocation 2700 according to embodiments of the present disclosure. The embodiment of the frequency and time resource allocation 2700 illustrated in FIG. 27 is for illustration only. FIG. 27 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • FIG. 28 illustrates yet another example frequency and time resource allocation 2800 according to embodiments of the present disclosure. The embodiment of the frequency and time resource allocation 2800 illustrated in FIG. 28 is for illustration only. FIG. 28 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • FIG. 29 illustrates yet another example frequency and time resource allocation 2900 according to embodiments of the present disclosure. The embodiment of the frequency and time resource allocation 2900 illustrated in FIG. 29 is for illustration only. FIG. 29 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • FIG. 30 illustrates yet another example frequency and time resource allocation 3000 according to embodiments of the present disclosure. The embodiment of the frequency and time resource allocation 3000 illustrated in FIG. 30 is for illustration only. FIG. 30 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • In one embodiment of option 1 as illustrated in FIGS. 31 and 32, the data may be a separate control channel that indicates the resources reserved by the following PSCCH and PSSCH. The timing point when this data is transmitted may be aligned with a unit of m symbols in order to reduce blind decoding complexity. The receiver UE may decode this data starting at some fixed symbols. The number of symbols that this data occupies may be fixed or configured to l symbols.
  • Following this data are the PSCCH and PSSCH symbols. The bandwidth that this data occupies may be the same as that of PSCCH and/or PSSCH symbols. In order to reduce blind decoding complexity, the bandwidth that this data occupies may also be fixed to a number of RBs. Other resources or resources on symbols that are not occupied by this data may be used to transmit some trash data so that other UEs may be aware that resources are occupied by another UE when performing LBT.
  • This data may carry a time or frequency domain or both domains resource allocation information of PSCCH that can reduce the blind decoding complexity for PSCCH.
  • In one embodiment of option 2 as illustrated in FIGS. 31 and 32, the data may be a separate control channel that indicates the resources reserved by the following PSCCH and PSSCH. The timing point when this data is transmitted may be aligned with a unit of m symbols in order to reduce blind decoding complexity. The receiver UE may decode this data starting at some fixed symbols. The number of symbols that this data occupies may be fixed or configured to l symbols. A repetition of this data may be performed until the end of the slot that can improve the decoding performance if there are sufficient symbols available for repetition transmission.
  • The bandwidth that this data occupies may be the same as that of PSCCH and/or PSSCH symbols. In order to reduce blind decoding complexity, the bandwidth that this data occupies may also be fixed to a number of RBs. Other resources or resources on symbols that are not occupied by this data may be used to transmit some trash data so that other UEs may be aware that resources are occupied by another UE when performing LBT.
  • This data may carry a time or frequency domain or both domains resource allocation information of PSCCH that can reduce the blind decoding complexity for PSCCH.
  • In one embodiment of option 3 as illustrated in FIGS. 31 and 32, the data may be PSCCH itself that indicates the resources reserved by the following PSSCH. The timing point when this PSCCH is transmitted may be aligned with a unit of m symbols in order to reduce blind decoding complexity. The receiver UE may decode this PSCCH starting at some fixed symbols. The number of symbols that this PSCCH occupies may be fixed or configured to l symbols. Following this PSCCH are the PSSCH symbols.
  • The bandwidth that this PSCCH occupies may be the same as that of PSSCH symbols. In order to reduce blind decoding complexity, the bandwidth that this data occupies may also be fixed to a number of RBs. Other resources or resources on symbols that are not occupied by this PSCCH may be used to transmit some trash data so that other UEs may be aware that resources are occupied by another UE when performing LBT.
  • In one embodiment of option 4 as illustrated in FIGS. 31 and 32, the data may be PSCCH itself that indicates the resources reserved by the following PSSCH. The timing point when this PSCCH is transmitted may be aligned with a unit of m symbols in order to reduce blind decoding complexity. The receiver UE may decode this PSCCH starting at some fixed symbols. The number of symbols that this PSCCH occupies may be fixed or configured to l symbols. A repetition of this PSCCH may be performed that can improve the decoding performance if there are sufficient symbols available for repetition transmission.
  • The bandwidth that this PSCCH occupies may be the same as that of PSSCH symbols. In order to reduce blind decoding complexity, the bandwidth that this data occupies may also be fixed to a number of RBs. Other resources or resources on symbols that are not occupied by this PSCCH may be used to transmit some trash data so that other UEs may be aware that resources are occupied by another UE when performing LBT.
  • In one embodiment of option 5 as illustrated in FIG. 25, the data is reservation data only for reservation purpose. The exact data is up to UE implementation. The PSCCH/PSSCH is transmitted in the next slot. Below is an example for option 5 where slot n is for sensing slot. The remaining symbols other than for sensing purpose in the sensing slot is used for data other than PSCCH/PSSCH transmission. The data is only for reservation purpose. From slot n+1, PSCCH/PSSCH is started for transmission.
  • In one example of option 6 as illustrated in FIGS. 26 to 29, the data is reservation data only for reservation purpose. The exact data is up to UE implementation. The PSCCH/PSSCH is transmitted in the next slot. Below is an example for option 6 where slot n is for sensing slot. The remaining symbols other than for sensing purpose in the sensing slot is used for data other than PSCCH/PSSCH transmission. The data is only for reservation purpose. From slot n+1, PSCCH/PSSCH is started for transmission.
  • For the data transmitted in each sensing slot, only at symbols where other UEs may perform sensing data is transmitted by a UE for reservation purpose when the UE senses the channel to be idle. In one example, when a UE performs sensing at symbol 1 in slot n to be idle, the UE may transmit data only at symbols 4, 7, 10 and 13 for reservation purpose. In this example, it is assumed that UEs perform sensing only at symbols 1, 4, 7, 10 and 13.
  • For the data transmitted in each sensing slot, only at symbols where other UEs may perform sensing data is transmitted by a UE for reservation purpose when the UE senses the channel to be idle. In the frequency domain, only subcarriers where other UEs may perform sensing data are transmitted for reservation purpose. In one example, when a UE performs sensing at symbol 1 in slot n to be idle on some of the subcarriers, the UE may transmit data only at symbols 4, 7, 10 and 13 for reservation purpose on some of the subcarriers. In this example, it is assumed that UEs perform sensing only at symbols 1, 4, 7, 10 and 13 on some of the subcarriers.
  • Different UEs may send data in some or all of the subcarriers for reservation purpose. The subcarriers that can be used for transmission can be (pre)configured in each OFDM sensing symbol. In each OFDM sensing symbol, the location of the subcarriers can also be different. In each RB or subchannel, the location of the subcarriers can also be different. For example, one subcarrier every RB in a fixed location in an OFDM sensing symbol is (pre)configured to transmit data for reservation purpose.
  • In different OFDM sensing symbols, the subcarrier's location can vary. The subcarriers that can be used for transmission for different UEs in each OFDM sensing symbol can also be (pre)configured to be different. In this case, the UE can select the subcarrier(s) location among the (pre)configuration(s).
  • In one example, for a UE, the subcarriers used for reservation can differ from one OFDM sensing symbol to another OFDM sensing symbol.
  • In another example, for a different UE, the subcarriers used for reservation can differ from the subcarriers for another UE in each OFDM sensing symbol.
  • Transmission power of the data in sensing slots.
  • In one example, for option 5 (e.g., illustrated in FIG. 25) and option 6 (e.g., illustrated in FIGS. 26 to 29), because the data in the sensing slot is transmitted only for reservation purpose, the data is not necessarily transmitted with the same power as the PSCCH/PSSCH power. A lower transmission power than PSCCH/PSSCH is required for a lower impact on the AGC of other UEs receiving data in the slot. A power offset of the data for reservation purpose to PSCCH/PSSCH may be specified or predefined.
  • In one example of option 7 as illustrated in FIG. 30, the data is PSSCH only data in slot n. The PSCCH/PSSCH is transmitted in the next slot. Below is an example for option 7 where slot n is for sensing slot. The remaining symbols other than for sensing purpose in the sensing slot is used for data of PSSCH only transmission. From slot n+1, PSCCH/PSSCH is started for transmission.
  • FIG. 31 illustrates yet another example frequency and time resource allocation 3100 according to embodiments of the present disclosure. The embodiment of the frequency and time resource allocation 3100 illustrated in FIG. 31 is for illustration only. FIG. 31 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • In one example is shown in FIG. 31. For option 1A where PSCCH and the associated PSSCH are multiplexed in the same slot, option 1B where PSCCH and the associated PSSCH are multiplexed in the same slot and option 2 and option 3. For a candidate resource selected for LBT, the UE does the LBT starting from slot n, where the UE detects the channel to be idle for 7 OFDM symbols. Before transmission, the UE needs to perform RX-RX switching at OFDM symbol 8.
  • In one example of option 1, this data in slot n may be a separate control channel followed by the PSCCH and PSSCH. If this separate control channel occupies 2 symbols and aligned with a unit of 2 symbols, the separate control channel is transmitted at OFDM symbols 9-10. From OFDM symbols 11 in slot n to slot n+1, the UE transmits the PSCCH and PSSCH of the aperiodic/periodic packet.
  • In one example of option 2, this data in slot n may be a separate control channel with repetitions. If this separate control channel occupies 2 symbols and aligned with a unit of 2 symbols, the separate control channel is transmitted at OFDM symbols 9-10 with repetitions at OFDM symbols 11-12 and 13-14. From slot n+1, the UE begins to transmit the PSCCH and PSSCH of the aperiodic/periodic packet.
  • In one example of for option 3, this data in slot n may be the PSCCH. If this PSCCH occupies 2 symbols and aligned with a unit of 2 symbols, the PSCCH is transmitted at OFDM symbols 9-10. From OFDM symbols 11 in slot n to slot n+1, the UE transmits the PSSCH of the aperiodic/periodic packet.
  • In one example of option 4, this data in slot n may be the PSCCH with repetitions. If this PSCCH occupies 2 symbols and aligned with a unit of 2 symbols, the PSCCH is transmitted at OFDM symbols 9-10 with repetitions at OFDM symbols 11-12 and 13-14. From slot n+1, the UE begins to transmit the PSSCH of the aperiodic/periodic packet.
  • FIG. 32 illustrates yet another example frequency and time resource allocation 3200 according to embodiments of the present disclosure. The embodiment of frequency and time resource allocation 3200 illustrated in FIG. 32 is for illustration only. FIG. 32 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • As illustrated in FIG. 32, for option 1A where PSCCH and the associated PSSCH are multiplexed in different slots, option 1B where PSCCH and the associated PSSCH are multiplexed in different slots. For a candidate resource selected for LBT, the UE starts the LBT in slot n from OFDM symbol 3, where the UE detects the channel to be idle for 5 OFDM symbols from OFDM symbol 3-7 (OFDM symbol 1-2 is used for PSCCH and occupied by PSCCH). Before transmission, the UE needs to perform Rx-Tx switching at OFDM symbol 8.
  • In one example of option 1, this data in slot n may be a separate control channel followed by the PSCCH and PSSCH. If this separate control channel occupies 2 symbols and aligned with a unit of 2 symbols, the separate control channel is transmitted at OFDM symbols 9-10. From OFDM symbols 11 in slot n to slot n+1, the UE transmits the PSCCH and PSSCH of the aperiodic/periodic packet.
  • In one example of option 2, this data in slot n may be a separate control channel with repetitions. If this separate control channel occupies 2 symbols and aligned with a unit of 2 symbols, the separate control channel is transmitted at OFDM symbols 9-10 with repetitions at OFDM symbols 11-12 and 13-14. From slot n+1, the UE begins to transmit the PSCCH and PSSCH of the aperiodic/periodic packet.
  • In one example of option 3, this data in slot n may be the PSCCH. If this PSCCH occupies 2 symbols and aligned with a unit of 2 symbols, the PSCCH is transmitted at OFDM symbols 9-10. From OFDM symbols 11 in slot n to slot n−1, the UE transmits the PSSCH of the aperiodic/periodic packet.
  • In one example of option 4, this data in slot n may be the PSCCH with repetitions. If this PSCCH occupies 2 symbols and aligned with a unit of 2 symbols, the PSCCH is transmitted at OFDM symbols 9-10 with repetitions at OFDM symbols 11-12 and 13-14. From slot n+1, the UE begins to transmit the PSSCH of the aperiodic/periodic packet.
  • FIG. 33 illustrates yet another example frequency and time resource allocation 3300 according to embodiments of the present disclosure. The embodiment of the frequency and time resource allocation 3300 illustrated in FIG. 33 is for illustration only. FIG. 33 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • FIG. 34 illustrates yet another example frequency and time resource allocation 3400 according to embodiments of the present disclosure. The embodiment of the frequency and time resource allocation 3400 illustrated in FIG. 34 is for illustration only. FIG. 34 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • FIG. 35 illustrates yet another example frequency and time resource allocation 3500 according to embodiments of the present disclosure. The embodiment of the frequency and time resource allocation 3500 illustrated in FIG. 35 is for illustration only. FIG. 35 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • Due to half-duplex, there is a problem of resource collision if no restriction on the counter N is applied. Consider a case shown in FIG. 33 where the counter N can take a continuous number, 0, 1, 2 . . . . If a UE1 senses the channel to be idle until OFDM symbol 7 (N=7 for UE1), the UE 1 performs Rx-Tx switching at OFDM symbol 8. Because the UE1 doesn't transmit data at OFDM symbol 8 (Rx-Tx switching at OFDM symbol 8), a UE2 also senses the channel to be idle until OFDM symbol 8 (N=8 for UE2). Both the UE1 and the UE2 sense the channel is idle and can be used for data transmission. A resource collision between the UE1 and the UE2 may result.
  • A solution to this problem is as follows. A constraint on the number the counter N can be applied. If the counter N takes the numbers of 0, 1, 3, 5 . . . or 0, 2, 4, . . . , then the collision can be avoided. That means there is a difference of at least 2 between any two numbers that the counter N can take except the number 0. Considering an example shown in FIG. 33 and FIG. 34, a UE1 senses the channel to be idle until OFDM symbol 7 (N=7 for UE1), and performs Rx-Tx switching at OFDM symbol 8. A UE2 also senses the channel to be idle until OFDM symbol 8, but senses the channel to be busy at OFDM symbol 9 (N=9 for UE2). The UE2 senses the channel to be busy and may not start the data transmission. A resource collision due to half-duplex between the UE1 and the UE2 can be avoided.
  • Another Method for Sensing.
  • In NR V2X, the first symbol only in the sensing slot may be used for sensing. The first symbol may include three parts: a sensing part, a GP part (guard period), and an AGC (automatic gain control) part. To avoid collision, different UEs may have different length of sensing part, thus the different length of AGC part.
  • FIG. 35 shows the structure for the first symbol used in the sensing. In the sensing, each UE senses in a period of time (sensing part) that is (pre)configured or determined by the UE itself. If the symbol is sensed to be idle, the UE can start a transmission from the AGC part after the GP time. In order to differentiate between different UEs, the sensing time length difference between different UEs may be at least be greater than a GP length so that a UE with a larger sensing time may still be performing sensing when the other UE with a smaller sensing time starts an AGC transmission.
  • Methods to Reduce Resource Fragmentation.
  • Reducing resource fragmentation in both/either time domain and/or frequency domain is beneficial. For frequency domain fragmentation, it might lead to resource holes in frequency domain that cannot be efficiently exploited by UEs incapable of transmitting on non-contiguous set of resources. For time domain fragmentation, an aperiodic service may need consecutive slot resources for bursty packet transmissions. Consecutive slot resources are also useful for sensing in both periodic and aperiodic services because periodic and aperiodic services need to know how long the aperiodic service may occupy the T-F resources. A number of consecutive slots of T-F resources are useful to indicate in the control channel to other UEs how long the UE needs to occupy the T-F resources. The UE performing sensing may exclude the resources that are reserved by aperiodic services. Three cases needs to be considered depending upon the services that are multiplexed in the same resource pool.
  • Periodic Service Only.
  • In one embodiment, instead of randomly selecting a resource from set SB, the UE autonomously selects a subset of resources from set SB that are neighboring with other excluded resources in the frequency domain and in the same time slot. If there are more than one resource in the selected subset, the UE may randomly select one resource from the subset.
  • In one embodiment, the UE selects a subset of resources from set SB that are located in the same frequency as resources that are excluded from set SA, but differ (e.g., neighboring) in the time domain. If there are more than one resource in the selected subset, the UE may randomly select one resource from the subset.
  • Aperiodic Service Only.
  • In one embodiment, the UE autonomously select the resources from set SB to perform LBT that are neighboring with other excluded resources in the time domain, but in the same resources as or overlapping with those excluded resources in the frequency domain.
  • In one embodiment, the UE autonomously selects a subset of resources from set SB that are neighboring with other excluded resources in the frequency domain.
  • Periodic+Aperiodic Service.
  • In one embodiment for sensing for periodic services, instead of randomly selecting a resource from set SB, the UE autonomously selects a subset of resources from set SB that are neighboring with other excluded resources in the frequency domain and in the same time slot. If there are more than one resource in the selected subset, the UE may randomly select one resource from the subset.
  • In another embodiment for sensing for periodic services, the UE selects a subset of resources from set SB that are located in the same frequency as resources that are excluded from set SA, but neighboring in the time domain. If there are more than one resource in the selected subset, the UE may randomly select one resource from the subset.
  • In yet another embodiment for sensing for aperiodic services, the UE autonomously selects the resources from set SB to perform LBT that are neighboring with other excluded resources in the time domain, but in the same resources as or overlapping with those excluded resources in the frequency domain.
  • In yet another embodiment for sensing for aperiodic services, the UE autonomously selects a subset of resources from set SB that are neighboring with other excluded resources in the frequency domain.
  • A physical sidelink feedback channel (PSFCH) is defined and it is supported to convey SFCI for unicast and groupcast via PSFCH.
  • Sensing procedure is defined as SCI decoding from other UEs and/or sidelink measurements: information extracted from SCI decoding; sidelink measurements used; UE behavior and timescale of sensing procedure; it is up to further discussion whether SFCI is to be used in sensing procedure; and sensing procedure can be discussed in the context of other modes.
  • Resource (re)-selection procedure uses results of sensing procedure to determine resource(s) for sidelink transmission: timescale and conditions for resource selection or re-selection; resource selection/re-selection details for PSCCH and PSSCH transmissions; PSFCH (e.g. whether resource (re)-selection procedure based on sensing is used or there is a dependency/association b/w PSCCH/PSSCH and PSFCH resource); and impact of sidelink QoS attributes on resource selection/re-selection procedure.
  • Sidelink control information (SCI) is defined. SCI is transmitted in PSCCH. SCI includes at least one SCI format which includes the information necessary to decode the corresponding PSSCH: NDI, if defined, is a part of SCI.
  • Sidelink feedback control information (SFCI) is defined. SFCI includes at least one SFCI format which includes HARQ-ACK for the corresponding PSSCH: whether a solution may use only one of “ACK,” “NACK,” “DTX,” or use a combination of them. How to include other feedback information (if supported) in SFCI may be provided. How to convey SFCI on sidelink in PSCCH, and/or PSSCH, and/or a new physical sidelink channel may be provided.
  • In the context of Mode 1, it may be provided: whether/how to convey information for SCI on downlink; and whether/how to convey information of SFCI on uplink.
  • At least two sidelink resource allocation modes are defined for NR-V2X sidelink communication. In one example of Mode 1, base station schedules sidelink resource(s) to be used by UE for sidelink transmission(s). In one example of Mode 2, a UE determines (i.e. base station does not schedule) sidelink transmission resource(s) within sidelink resources configured by base station/network or pre-configured sidelink resources. In one example, an eNB control of NR sidelink and gNB control of LTE sidelink resources may be separately considered in corresponding agenda items. In one example, Mode-2 definition covers potential sidelink radio-layer functionality or resource allocation sub-modes (subject to further refinement including merging of some or all of them) where: a UE autonomously selects sidelink resource for transmission; a UE assists sidelink resource selection for other UE(s); a UE is configured with NR configured grant (type-1 like) for sidelink transmission; and/or a UE schedules sidelink transmissions of other UEs.
  • At least for sidelink HARQ feedback, NR sidelink supports at least a PSFCH format which uses last symbol(s) available for sidelink in a slot.
  • A physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) carries the uplink control information (UCI) from the UE to the gNB. Five formats of PUCCH exist, depending on the duration of PUCCH and the UCI payload size.
  • In one example of Format #0, a short PUCCH of 1 or 2 symbols with small UCI payloads of up to two bits with UE multiplexing capacity of up to 6 UEs with 1-bit payload in the same PRB.
  • In one example of Format #1, a long PUCCH of 4-14 symbols with small UCI payloads of up to two bits with UE multiplexing capacity of up to 84 UEs without frequency hopping and 36 UEs with frequency hopping in the same PRB.
  • In one example of Format #2, a short PUCCH of 1 or 2 symbols with large UCI payloads of more than two bits with no UE multiplexing capability in the same PRBs.
  • In one example of Format #3, a long PUCCH of 4-14 symbols with large UCI payloads with no UE multiplexing capability in the same PRBs.
  • In one example of Format #4, a long PUCCH of 4-14 symbols with moderate UCI payloads with multiplexing capacity of up to 4 UEs in the same PRBs.
  • The short PUCCH format of up to two UCI bits is based on sequence selection, while the short PUCCH format of more than two UCI bits frequency multiplexes UCI and DMRS. The long PUCCH formats time-multiplex the UCI and DMRS. Frequency hopping is supported for long PUCCH formats and for short PUCCH formats of duration of 2 symbols. Long PUCCH formats can be repeated over multiple slots.
  • Sidelink measurement for reservation signal can be used for excluding resources that are indicated by the reservation signal in the sensing procedure.
  • For sidelink measurements for multi-slot aperiodic transmissions where the multiple decoded SCIs and/or their associated PSSCHs indicate a same reserved PSCCH/PSSCH resource, the multiple PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurements can be used for excluding resources in the sensing procedure.
  • For sidelink measurements for multi-slot periodic transmissions where the multiple decoded SCIs and/or their associated PSSCHs indicate a same multi-slot reserved PSCCH/PSSCH resource, the multiple PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurements can be used for excluding resources in the sensing procedure.
  • For sidelink measurements for MIMO transmissions, the multi-port DMRS PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurements can be used for excluding resources in the sensing procedure.
  • For Sidelink CSI reporting in Mode 1 resource allocation, a CSI request field in the DCI format from the gNB to a transmitter UE can be used to trigger the sidelink CSI reporting by a receiver UE, or/and indicate a sidelink T-F resource for CSI reporting by a receiver UE.
  • For Sidelink CSI-RS transmission in Mode 1 resource allocation, a CSI-RS request field in the DCI format from the gNB to a transmitter UE can be used to trigger the sidelink CSI-RS transmission by a receiver UE, or/and indicate a sidelink T-F resource for CSI-RS transmission by a receiver UE.
  • For Sidelink CSI reporting from a UE to the gNB in Mode 1 resource allocation, the resource where sidelink CSI reporting is transmitted can be indicated in a DCI format that schedules a sidelink resource for a transmitter UE.
  • A PSFCH format can occupy a multiple of PRBs and can repeat in each RB or subchannel.
  • The sequence or cyclic shift of the sequence used in each RB for the PSFCH format may be the same or vary at least depending upon an RB position, or/and other factors such as destination ID of the associated PSCCH, or/and source ID of the associated PSCCH, or/and starting/ending subchannel ID for the associated PSCCH/PSSCH, or/and CRC of the associated PSCCH.
  • The DCI format that schedules a sidelink resource for a transmitter UE may contain sidelink traffic type e.g., unicast, groupcast, and broadcast.
  • A reservation signal resource used by a transmitter UE to reserve resources for the following (re)transmissions may be allocated by the gNB and indicated in the DCI format that schedules the sidelink resource for the transmitter UE.
  • A resource type field in the SCI format is used to indicate the sidelink resource is periodic/semi-persistent resource for periodic traffic or one-shot resource for aperiodic traffic.
  • For periodic traffic, resource reservation field is interpreted as the resource reservation interval.
  • For aperiodic traffic, resource reservation field can be interpreted as the channel occupancy time.
  • Procedure for Transmission of Multiple ACK/NACKs.
  • The UE sends the ACK or NACK or DTX corresponding to the PSCCH/PSSCH with the strongest PSCCH/PSSCH-RSRP in the associated HARQ ACK/NACK resource when more than one SCI is received and decoded in the same T-F resource by a receiver UE and indicates a same HARQ ACK/NACK resource.
  • Sidelink Measurements for Reservation Signals.
  • A reservation signal is used for reserving sidelink resources for the following PSCCH/PSSCH transmission(s) and/or retransmission(s). When a reservation signal transmitted by a UE is received by other UEs, it can be used by other UEs to whether or not exclude resources that are reserved by this UE.
  • In one embodiment, a reservation signal may be in a form of SCI/PSCCH without associated PSSCH that has lower decoding SINR than that of the following reserved PSCCH/PSSCH. In this case, if a reservation signal is decoded correctly, the following reserved PSCCH/PSSCH resources may still be used for the transmission of other UEs.
  • Since measurements for the reserved PSCCH/PSSCH cannot be done at the time when the reservation signal is received, RSRP measurements of the reservation signal may be used as a criterion to exclude resources reserved by the UE. If RSRP measurement of the reservation signal is higher than a threshold, the reserved PSCCH/PSSCH resource indicated by the reservation signal may be excluded by other UEs for resource selection. If RSRP measurement of the reservation signal is lower than a threshold, the reserved PSCCH/PSSCH resource indicated by the reservation signal may be considered by other UEs for resource selection.
  • In one embodiment, a reservation signal may be in a form of SCI/PSCCH+PSSCH. On example is PSCCH/PSSCH resources reserved for one or all retransmissions of a TB (or more than 1 TB for MIMO spatial multiplexing) can be indicated by the previous PSCCH/PSSCH transmission or retransmission that can serve as a reservation signal. Another example is PSCCH/PSSCH resources reserved for next transmission (not necessarily retransmission) can be indicated by the previous PSCCH/PSSCH transmission that can serve a reservation signal. In this case, PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP of the reservation signal may be used as a criterion to exclude resource reserved by the UE.
  • If PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurement of the reservation signal is higher than a threshold, the reserved PSCCH/PSSCH resource indicated by the reservation signal may be excluded by other UEs for resource selection. If PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurement of the reservation signal is lower than a threshold, the reserved PSCCH/PSSCH resource indicated by the reservation signal may be considered by other UEs for resource selection.
  • Sidelink Measurements for Multi-Slot Aperiodic Transmissions.
  • For aperiodic transmissions, if a decoded SCI that is received by a UE and transmitted from another UE for aperiodic transmissions indicates a reserved transmission resource that is located in the following slots falling within the selection window of the UE. The UE may measure the PSCCH/PSSCH-RSRP of the decoded SCI and PSSCH. If PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurement of the decoded SCI and PSSCH is higher than a threshold, the reserved PSCCH/PSSCH resource indicated by the decoded SCI may be excluded by the UE for resource selection. If PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurement of the decoded SCI and PSSCH is lower than a threshold, the reserved PSCCH/PSSCH resource indicated by the decoded SCI may be considered by the UE for resource selection. PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurement can be PSSCH/PSCCH-DMRS-RSRP.
  • Multiple decoded SCIs may indicate a same reserved PSCCH/PSSCH resource. In this case, each decoded SCI indicates the channel occupancy time for the following slots. The following sidelink measurements can be applied.
  • In one example, an average of the multiple PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurements of the decoded SCIs and their associated PSSCHs that indicates a same reserved PSCCH/PSSCH resource can be used as a criterion for resource exclusion in the sensing procedure.
  • If the average of the multiple PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurements of the decoded SCIs and their associated PSSCH is higher than a threshold, the reserved PSCCH/PSSCH resource indicated by the decoded SCIs may be excluded by the UE for resource selection. If the average of the multiple PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurements of the decoded SCIs and their associated PSSCH is lower than a threshold, the reserved PSCCH/PSSCH resource indicated by the decoded SCIs may be considered by the UE for resource selection.
  • In one example, the highest value of the multiple PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurements of the decoded SCIs and their associated PSSCHs that indicates a same reserved PSCCH/PSSCH resource can be used as a criterion for resource exclusion in the sensing procedure.
  • If the highest of the multiple PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurements of the decoded SCIs and their associated PSSCH is higher than a threshold, the reserved PSCCH/PSSCH resource indicated by the decoded SCIs may be excluded by the UE for resource selection. If the highest of the multiple PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurements of the decoded SCIs and their associated PSSCH is lower than a threshold, the reserved PSCCH/PSSCH resource indicated by the decoded SCIs may be considered by the UE for resource selection.
  • In one example, the lowest value of the multiple PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurements of the decoded SCIs and their associated PSSCHs that indicates a same reserved PSCCH/PSSCH resource can be used as a criterion for resource exclusion in the sensing procedure.
  • If the lowest of the multiple PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurements of the decoded SCIs and their associated PSSCH is higher than a threshold, the reserved PSCCH/PSSCH resource indicated by the decoded SCIs may be excluded by the UE for resource selection. If the lowest of the multiple PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurements of the decoded SCIs and their associated PSSCH is lower than a threshold, the reserved PSCCH/PSSCH resource indicated by the decoded SCIs may be considered by the UE for resource selection.
  • In the aforementioned examples and embodiments, if MIMO transmission is adopted for each PSCCH/PSSCH transmission. The procedure (e.g., sidelink measurements for MIMO transmissions) is applied to each sidelink PSCCH/PSSCH measurement.
  • Sidelink Measurements for Multi-Slot Periodic Transmissions.
  • For periodic transmissions, if a decoded SCI that is received by a UE and transmitted from another UE for periodic transmissions indicates a reserved transmission resource that is located in the following slots falling within the selection window of the UE. The UE may measure the PSCCH/PSSCH-RSRP of the decoded SCI and PSSCH. If PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurement of the decoded SCI and PSSCH is higher than a threshold, the reserved PSCCH/PSSCH resource indicated by the decoded SCI may be excluded by the UE for resource selection. If PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurement of the decoded SCI and PSSCH is lower than a threshold, the reserved PSCCH/PSSCH resource indicated by the decoded SCI may be considered by the UE for resource selection. PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurement can be PSSCH/PSCCH-DMRS-RSRP.
  • Multiple decoded SCIs may indicate a same multi-slot reserved PSCCH/PSSCH resource. In this case, each decoded SCI indicates a resource by a reservation interval. The following sidelink measurements can be applied.
  • In one example, an average of the multiple PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurements of the decoded SCIs and their associated PSSCHs that indicates a same multi-slot reserved PSCCH/PSSCH resource can be used as a criterion for resource exclusion in the sensing procedure.
  • If the average of the multiple PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurements of the decoded SCIs and their associated PSSCH is higher than a threshold, the reserved multi-slot PSCCH/PSSCH resource indicated by the decoded SCIs may be excluded by the UE for resource selection. If the average of the multiple PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurements of the decoded SCIs and their associated PSSCH is lower than a threshold, the reserved multi-slot PSCCH/PSSCH resource indicated by the decoded SCIs may be considered by the UE for resource selection.
  • In one example, the highest value of the multiple PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurements of the decoded SCIs and their associated PSSCHs that indicates a same multi-slot reserved PSCCH/PSSCH resource can be used as a criterion for resource exclusion in the sensing procedure.
  • If the highest of the multiple PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurements of the decoded SCIs and their associated PSSCH is higher than a threshold, the reserved multi-slot PSCCH/PSSCH resource indicated by the decoded SCIs may be excluded by the UE for resource selection. If the highest of the multiple PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurements of the decoded SCIs and their associated PSSCH is lower than a threshold, the reserved multi-slot PSCCH/PSSCH resource indicated by the decoded SCIs may be considered by the UE for resource selection.
  • In one example, the lowest value of the multiple PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurements of the decoded SCIs and their associated PSSCHs that indicates a same multi-slot reserved PSCCH/PSSCH resource can be used as a criterion for resource exclusion in the sensing procedure.
  • If the lowest of the multiple PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurements of the decoded SCIs and their associated PSSCH is higher than a threshold, the reserved multi-slot PSCCH/PSSCH resource indicated by the decoded SCIs may be excluded by the UE for resource selection. If the lowest of the multiple PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurements of the decoded SCIs and their associated PSSCH is lower than a threshold, the reserved multi-slot PSCCH/PSSCH resource indicated by the decoded SCIs may be considered by the UE for resource selection.
  • In the aforementioned examples and embodiments, if MIMO transmission is adopted for each PSCCH/PSSCH transmission. The procedure (e.g., sidelink measurements for MIMO transmissions) is applied to each sidelink PSCCH/PSSCH measurement.
  • Sidelink Measurements for MIMO Transmissions.
  • The Mode-2 sensing procedure utilizes sidelink measurement of L1 SL-RSRP based on sidelink DMRS when the corresponding SCI is decoded. The sidelink measurement of L1 SL-RSRP can be used at least for resource exclusion. That is, if PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurement of the decoded SCI and/or PSSCH is higher than a threshold, the reserved PSCCH/PSSCH resource indicated by the decoded SCI may be excluded by other UEs for resource selection. If PSSCH/PSCCH-RSRP measurement of the decoded SCI and/or PSSCH is lower than a threshold, the reserved PSCCH/PSSCH resource indicated by the decoded SCI may be considered by other UEs for resource selection. RSRP-PSSCH/PSCCH measurement can be PSSCH/PSCCH-DMRS-RSRP.
  • The following sidelink measurement is applied to the case where one or more than one TB is transmitted with MIMO transmission (spatial multiplexing or transmission diversity) in a same PSCCH/PSSCH resource. In this case, there may be multiple DMRS transmission (multiple DMRS ports) for each PSCCH/PSSCH resource.
  • In one example, an average of the multiple PSSCH-RSRP measurements of the associated PSSCHs of the decoded SCIs can be used as a criterion for resource exclusion in the sensing procedure shown as above.
  • In one example, the highest value of the multiple PSSCH-RSRP measurements of the associated PSSCHs of the decoded SCIs can be used as a criterion for resource exclusion in the sensing procedure shown as above.
  • In one example, the lowest value of the multiple PSSCH-RSRP measurements of the associated PSSCHs of the decoded SCIs can be used as a criterion for resource exclusion in the sensing procedure shown as above.
  • In one example, an average of the multiple PSCCH-RSRP measurements of the decoded SCIs can be used as a criterion for resource exclusion shown in the sensing procedure shown as above.
  • In one example, the highest value of the multiple PSCCH-RSRP measurements of the decoded SCIs can be used as a criterion for resource exclusion shown in the sensing procedure shown as above.
  • In one example, the lowest value of the multiple PSCCH-RSRP measurements of the decoded SCIs can be used as a criterion for resource exclusion shown in the sensing procedure shown as above.
  • In one example, any combination of the above options.
  • A sidelink CSI reporting from a receiver UE to a transmitter UE.
  • For Mode 1 resource allocation, sidelink CSI reporting from a receiver UE to a transmitter UE can be triggered by a DCI format that schedules a sidelink resource. A field in the DCI format can indicate a sidelink resource for transmission and also indicate whether a CSI reporting needs to be performed by a sidelink receiver UE.
  • In one embodiment, if sidelink resources for CSI reporting can be implicitly determined by the sidelink resources for PSCCH/PSSCH, the CSI request field in the DCI format doesn't need to indicate sidelink resource for CSI reporting. The CSI request field can be used to only trigger the sidelink CSI reporting by a receiver UE.
  • When a transmitter UE receives the DCI from a gNB where there is a CSI request, the transmitter UE may signal to the receiver UE whether or not to perform a CSI reporting from the receiver UE.
  • In one embodiment, if sidelink resources for CSI reporting cannot be implicitly determined by the sidelink resources for PSCCH/PSSCH, the CSI request field in the DCI format can be used to not only trigger the sidelink CSI reporting by a receiver UE, but also to indicate a sidelink T-F resource for CSI reporting by a receiver UE.
  • A set of sidelink T-F resources for CSI reporting can be configured by higher layer. The CSI request field in the DCI format can be an index that points to one of the sidelink T-F resources for CSI reporting.
  • When a transmitter UE receives the DCI from a gNB where there is a CSI request, the transmitter UE may signal to the receiver UE whether or not to perform CSI reporting from the receiver UE and also a sidelink T-F resource for the receiver UE to report the CSI.
  • Sidelink CSI-RS from a receiver UE to a transmitter UE.
  • For Mode 1 resource allocation, sidelink CSI-RS from a receiver UE to a transmitter UE can be triggered by a DCI format that schedules a sidelink resource. A field in the DCI format can indicate a sidelink CSI-RS resource for transmission and also indicate whether a CSI-RS needs to be performed by a sidelink receiver UE.
  • In one embodiment, if sidelink resources for CSI-RS can be implicitly determined by the sidelink resource for PSCCH/PSSCH, the CSI-RS request field in the DCI format doesn't need to indicate sidelink resource for CSI-RS. The CSI-RS request field can be used to only trigger the sidelink CSI-RS by a receiver UE.
  • When a transmitter UE receives the DCI from a gNB where there is a CSI-RS request, the transmitter UE may signal to the receiver UE whether or not to transmit a CSI-RS from the receiver UE.
  • In one embodiment, if sidelink resources for CSI-RS cannot be implicitly determined by the sidelink resources for PSCCH/PSSCH, the CSI-RS request field in the DCI format can be used to not only trigger the sidelink CSI-RS by a receiver UE, but also to indicate a sidelink T-F resource for CSI-RS by a receiver UE.
  • A set of sidelink T-F resources for CSI-RS can be configured by higher layer. The CSI-RS request field in the DCI format can be an index that points to one of the sidelink T-F resources for CSI-RS.
  • When a transmitter UE receives the DCI from a gNB where there is a CSI-RS request, the transmitter UE may signal to the receiver UE whether or not to transmit CSI-RS from the receiver UE and also a sidelink T-F CSI-RS resource for the receiver UE to transmit the CSI-RS.
  • A sidelink CSI reporting from a UE to a gNB.
  • For Mode 1 resource allocation, a sidelink CSI reporting needs to be reported to the gNB over Uu interface. With CSI reports available in the gNB, the gNB can schedule sidelink resources more efficiently. The resource where sidelink CSI reporting is transmitted can be indicated in a DCI format that schedules a sidelink resource for a transmitter UE used to transmit a data to a receiver UE. The resource where sidelink CSI reporting is reported from a UE to the gNB can be a PUCCH or a PUSCH resource. A set of Uu T-F resources for CSI reporting can be configured by higher layer. The resource in the DCI format can be an index that points to one of the Uu T-F resources for CSI reporting.
  • In one embodiment, the resource used for sidelink CSI reporting can be in a separate PUCCH or PUSCH resource as a PUCCH or PUSCH resource used for Uu CSI reporting.
  • In one embodiment, the resource used for sidelink CSI reporting can also be a same PUCCH or PUSCH resource as the resource used for Uu CSI reporting. In this case, sidelink CSI reporting is multiplexed with Uu CSI reporting in the same Uu CSI resource.
  • Multi-PRB PSFCH.
  • In one embodiment, a PSFCH format uses last symbol(s) available for sidelink in a slot. When there is a fixed (configured or pre-configured) relationship between a PSFCH and PSCCH/PSSCH, a PSFCH format may occupy multiple RBs or even multiple subchannels depending upon the resource occupied by PSCCH/PSSCH.
  • FIG. 36 illustrates an example PSFCH format 3600 according to embodiments of the present disclosure. The embodiment of the PSFCH format 3600 illustrated in FIG. 36 is for illustration only. FIG. 36 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • FIG. 36 shows a PSFCH format where multiple RBs are occupied in the same slot and same frequency RBs as PSCCH/PSSCH.
  • In each RB, a short PUCCH-like format may be utilized. For multiple RBs, a PSFCH format can be repeated in each RB or subchannel in order to achieve better PSFCH detection performance.
  • When sequence-based (e.g., like short PUCCH format 0) is used for the PSFCH format, the sequence or cyclic shift of the sequence used in each RB for the PSFCH format may be the same or vary at least depending upon an RB position. The sequence or cyclic shift of the sequence used in each RB for the PSFCH format may also depend upon other factors such as destination ID of the associated PSCCH, or/and source ID of the associated PSCCH, or/and starting/ending subchannel ID for the associated PSCCH/PSSCH, or/and CRC of the associated PSCCH.
  • When UCI and DMRS frequency multiplexing (e.g., like short PUCCH format 2 with 1 PRB) is used for the PSFCH format, the DMRS sequence or cyclic shift of the DMRS sequence used in each RB may be the same or vary at least depending upon an RB position. The sequence or cyclic shift of the DMRS sequence used in each RB for the PSFCH format may also depend upon other factors such as destination ID of the associated PSCCH, or/and source ID of the associated PSCCH or/and starting/ending subchannel ID for the associated PSCCH/PSSCH, or/and CRC of the associated PSCCH.
  • When UCI and DMRS frequency multiplexing (e.g., like short PUCCH format 2 with multiple PRBs) is used for the PSFCH format, the sequence or cyclic shift of the DMRS sequence used for the PSFCH format may depend upon factors such as destination ID of the associated PSCCH or/and source ID of the associated PSCCH, or/and starting/ending subchannel ID for the associated PSCCH/PSSCH, or/and CRC of the associated PSCCH.
  • When UCI and DMRS frequency multiplexing (e.g., like short PUCCH format 2 with multiple PRBs) is used for the PSFCH format in each subchannel, the sequence or cyclic shift of the DMRS sequence used for the PSFCH format in each subchannel may depend upon factors such as destination ID of the associated PSCCH, or/and source ID of the associated PSCCH, or/and subchannel ID for the associated PSCCH/PSSCH, or/and CRC of the associated PSCCH.
  • FIG. 37 illustrates another example PSFCH format 3700 according to embodiments of the present disclosure. The embodiment of the PSFCH format 3700 illustrated in FIG. 37 is for illustration only. FIG. 37 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • FIG. 38 illustrates yet another example PSFCH format 3800 according to embodiments of the present disclosure. The embodiment of the PSFCH format 3800 illustrated in FIG. 38 is for illustration only. FIG. 38 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • FIG. 37 shows a PSFCH format where multiple RBs are occupied not necessarily in the same slot and/or not necessarily in the same frequency RBs as PSCCH/PSSCH. In this case, there is a one-to-one mapping between the frequency RB that a PSFCH format occupies and a subchannel ID of PSCCH/PSSCHs. In FIG. 37, the PSFCH format has a short format. In FIG. 38, the PSFCH format has a long format.
  • Each PSFCH may occupy one PRB for both short format and long format. Each PSFCH has a one-to-one mapping with the subchannel ID of PSCCH/PSSCH. When a PSCCH/PSSCH occupies more than one subchannel, it may have more than one associated PSFCH. In this case, multi-PRB PSFCH may be considered.
  • In each RB, a short or long PUCCH-like format may be utilized. For multiple RBs, a PSFCH format can be repeated in each RB in order to achieve better PSFCH detection performances.
  • When sequence-based (e.g., like short PUCCH format 0) is used for the PSFCH format, the sequence or cyclic shift of the sequence used in each RB for the PSFCH format may be the same or vary at least depending upon an RB position. The sequence or cyclic shift of the sequence used in each RB for the PSFCH format may also depend upon other factors such as destination ID of the associated PSCCH, or/and source ID of the associated PSCCH, or/and subchannel ID for the associated PSCCH/PSSCH, or/and CRC of the associated PSCCH.
  • When UCI and DMRS time domain or frequency domain multiplexing (e.g., like short PUCCH format 2 with 1 PRB, long PUCCH format 1, long PUCCH format 3 with 1 PRB and long PUCCH format 4 with 1 PRB) is used for the PSFCH format, the DMRS sequence or cyclic shift of the DMRS sequence used in each RB may be the same or vary at least depending upon an RB position. The sequence or cyclic shift of the DMRS sequence used in each RB for the PSFCH format may also depend upon other factors such as destination ID of the associated PSCCH, or/and source ID of the associated PSCCH, or/and subchannel ID for the associated PSCCH/PSSCH, or/and CRC of the associated PSCCH.
  • When UCI and DMRS time domain or frequency domain multiplexing (e.g., like short PUCCH format 2 with multiple PRBs, long PUCCH format 3 with multiple PRBs and long PUCCH format 4 with multiple PRBs) is used for the PSFCH format, the sequence or cyclic shift of the DMRS sequence used for the PSFCH format may depend upon factors such as an RB position, destination ID of the associated PSCCH, or/and source ID of the associated PSCCH, or/and starting/ending subchannel ID for the associated PSCCH/PSSCH, or/and CRC of the associated PSCCH.
  • DCI Format.
  • For Mode 1 resource allocation, the DCI format that schedules a sidelink resource for a transmitter UE may contain sidelink traffic type e.g., unicast, groupcast, and broadcast. With the sidelink traffic type indicated by the DCI format, the transmitter UE can perform the corresponding procedure for the specific sidelink traffic type, and signal the corresponding information in the SCI to support the sidelink transmission (e.g., ACK/NACK/CSI reporting triggering for unicast traffic or groupcast traffic).
  • For Mode 1 resource allocation, a reservation signal resource used by the transmitter UE to reserve resources for the following (re)transmissions may be allocated by the gNB and indicated in the DCI format that schedules the sidelink resource for the transmitter UE or a separate DCI format.
  • SCI Format.
  • A resource field in the SCI format is used to indicate the sidelink resource is periodic/semi-persistent resource for periodic traffic or one-shot resource for aperiodic traffic.
  • If the resource field indicates that the sidelink resource is used for periodic traffic, resource reservation field is carried in the SCI format to indicate the resource reservation interval for periodic traffic by the transmitter UE to the receiver UE.
  • If the resource field indicates that the sidelink resource is used for aperiodic traffic, resource reservation field can be interpreted as the channel occupancy time for aperiodic traffic.
  • Procedure for Transmission of Multiple ACK/NACKs.
  • When more than one SCI is received and decoded in the same T-F resource by a receiver UE, and for these SCIs, each SCI indicates a separate associated PSSCH. The following procedure is applied to how ACK/NACK is feedback by the receiver UE.
  • In one embodiment, the following is related to the HARQ feedback where a receiver UE transmits HARQ ACK/NACK.
  • When HARQ ACK/NACK resources for these SCIs are in the same T-F resource and same code domain resource, and each PSSCH is decoded with the same decoding result (ACK or NACK). The UE sends one ACK or NACK in the ACK/NACK resource.
  • When HARQ ACK/NACK resources for these SCIs are in the same T-F resource and same code domain resource, and each PSSCH is not decoded with the same decoding result (ACK or NACK). The UE sends in the associated ACK/NACK resource the ACK/NACK corresponding to the PSCCH/PSSCH with the strongest PSCCH/PSSCH-RSRP.
  • When HARQ ACK/NACK resources for these SCIs are in the same T-F resource and different code domain resources, The UE sends ACK or NACK respectively in the corresponding HARQ ACK/NACK resource.
  • When HARQ ACK/NACK resources for these SCIs are in different T-F resources, the UE sends ACK or NACK respectively in the corresponding HARQ ACK/NACK resource.
  • In one embodiment, the following is related to the HARQ feedback where the receiver UE transmits only HARQ NACK or DTX.
  • When HARQ ACK/NACK resources for these SCIs are in the same T-F resource and same code domain resource, and each PSSCH is decoded with the same decoding result (ACK or NACK). The UE sends NACK in the HARQ ACK/NACK resource if the decoding result is NACK, otherwise DTX.
  • When HARQ ACK/NACK resources for these SCIs are in the same T-F resource and same code domain resource, and not all PSSCHs are decoded with the same decoding result (ACK or NACK). The UE sends the NACK if the PSCCH/PSSCH with the strongest PSCCH/PSSCH-RSRP has the decoding result of NACK, otherwise DTX.
  • When HARQ ACK/NACK resources for these SCIs are in same T-F resource and different code domain resources, the UE sends NACK or DTX respectively in the corresponding HARQ ACK/NACK resource.
  • When HARQ ACK/NACK resources for these SCIs are in different T-F resources, the UE sends NACK or DTX respectively in the corresponding HARQ ACK/NACK resource.
  • FIG. 39 illustrates a flowchart of a method 3900 for resource selection according to embodiments of the present disclosure, as may be performed by a user equipment (e.g., 111-116 as illustrated in FIG. 1). The embodiment of the method 3900 illustrated in FIG. 39 is for illustration only. FIG. 39 does not limit the scope of the present disclosure to any particular implementation.
  • As illustrated in FIG. 39, the method 3900 begins at step 3902. In step 3902, the UE receives, from a second UE via a sidelink, signals including information to select resources for at least one of aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic.
  • In one embodiment, the resources in step 3902 for the periodic traffic are determined by a resource reservation interval, and wherein the resources for the aperiodic traffic are determined based on a channel occupancy time.
  • In one embodiment, the at least one of aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic transmitted by the first UE has a higher priority to use the resources than traffic of the second UE.
  • In one embodiment, the resources for the aperiodic traffic are reserved by a first resource allocation scheme. In one example, the first resource allocation scheme is an LBT-like resource allocation scheme. The LBT-like resource allocation scheme is a resource allocation scheme in which a UE reserves or excludes resources for an aperiodic service with bursty traffic (e.g., aperiodic traffic) in a dynamic manner.
  • In one embodiment, the resources for the at least one of periodic traffic or aperiodic traffic are reserved by a second resource allocation scheme. In one example, the second resource allocation scheme is a long term evolution (LTE)-like autonomous resource allocation scheme, based on an SCI, in which a UE reserves, selects, or excludes resources for semi-persistent or periodic service (e.g., periodic traffic).
  • In one embodiment, the UE performs the first resource allocation scheme (e.g., LBT-like resource allocation scheme) and the second resource allocation scheme (e.g., LTE-like autonomous resource allocation scheme) in a same resource pool for the resources for the at least one of aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic.
  • In one embodiment, the UE performs the first resource allocation scheme (e.g., LBT-like resource allocation) and the second resource allocation scheme (e.g., LTE-like autonomous resource allocation) in different resource pools.
  • In one embodiment, the first resource allocation scheme (e.g., LBT-like resource allocation scheme) and the second resource allocation scheme (e.g., LTE-like resource allocation scheme) are combined to provide a resource allocation scheme for V2X.
  • In one embodiment, the first resource allocation scheme (e.g., LBT-like resource allocation scheme) is used for both periodic traffic and aperiodic traffic.
  • In one embodiment, the second resource allocation scheme (e.g., LTE-like autonomous allocation scheme) is used for both periodic traffic and aperiodic traffic with an enhancement on resource reservation/exclusion based on an SCIs including resource allocation information for both the periodic traffic and the aperiodic traffic.
  • In step 3904, the UE decodes sidelink control information (SCI) from the information included in the signals.
  • In step 3906, the UE performs, over a sensing window, a signal measurement of the received signals.
  • In step 3908, the UE identifies a resource selection window based on a latency requirement. In one embodiment, the latency requirement in step 3908 is configured by a network entity using a higher layer signaling or pre-determined by the first UE.
  • In step 3910, the UE reserves the resources in a frequency and time domain for the at least one of aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic based on the decoded SCI and a result of the signal measurement, the resources being identified within a resource selection window.
  • In step 3912, the UE transmits, to the second UE via the sidelink, the at least one of aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic using the reserved resources. In one embodiment, the UE transmits the SCI including a preemption indication, wherein the preemption indication indicates the resources to be selected, by the first UE, for the at least one of aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic.
  • Although the present disclosure has been described with an exemplary embodiment, various changes and modifications may be suggested to one skilled in the art. It is intended that the present disclosure encompass such changes and modifications as fall within the scope of the appended claims.
  • None of the description in this application should be read as implying that any particular element, step, or function is an essential element that must be included in the claims scope. The scope of patented subject matter is defined only by the claims. Moreover, none of the claims are intended to invoke 35 U.S.C. § 112(f) unless the exact words “means for” are followed by a participle.

Claims (20)

What is claimed is:
1. A first user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system, the first UE comprising:
a transceiver configured to receive, from a second UE via a sidelink, signals including information to select resources for at least one of aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic; and
a processor operably connected to the transceiver, the processor configured to:
decode sidelink control information (SCI) from the information included in the signals,
perform, over a sensing window, a signal measurement of the received signals,
identify a resource selection window based on a latency requirement, and
reserve the resources for the at least one of aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic in a frequency domain and a time domain based on the decoded SCI and a result of the signal measurement, the resources being identified within a resource selection window,
wherein the transceiver is further configured to transmit, to the second UE via the sidelink, the at least one of aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic using the reserved resources.
2. The first UE of claim 1, wherein the latency requirement is configured by a network entity using a higher layer signaling or pre-determined by the first UE.
3. The first UE of claim 1, wherein the resources for the periodic traffic are determined by a resource reservation interval, and wherein the resources for the aperiodic traffic are determined based on a channel occupancy time.
4. The first UE of claim 1, wherein the transceiver is further configured to transmit the SCI including a preemption indication, wherein the preemption indication indicates the resources to be selected, by the first UE, for the at least one of aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic.
5. The first UE of claim 4, wherein the at least one of aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic transmitted by the first UE has a higher priority to use the resources than traffic of the second UE.
6. The first UE of claim 1, wherein:
the resources for the aperiodic traffic are reserved by a first resource allocation operation,
the resources for the periodic traffic are reserved by a second resource allocation operation, and
the first resource allocation operation and the second resource allocation operation are performed in a same resource pool for the resources for the at least one of aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic.
7. The first UE of claim 1, wherein:
the resources for the aperiodic traffic are reserved by a first resource allocation operation,
the resources for the periodic traffic are reserved by a second resource allocation operation, and
the first resource allocation operation and the second resource allocation operation are performed in different resource pools for the resources for the at least one of aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic.
8. A second user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system, the second UE comprising:
a transceiver configured to:
transmit, to a first UE via a sidelink, signals including information to select resources for at least one of aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic,
receive, from the first UE, the at least one of aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic using resources,
wherein:
sidelink control information (SCI) from the information included in the signals is decoded,
a signal measurement of the transmitted signals, over a sensing window, is performed,
a resource selection window is identified based on a latency requirement, and
the resources are reserved for the at least one of aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic in a frequency domain and a time domain based on the decoded SCI and a result of the signal measurement, the resources being identified within a resource selection window.
9. The second UE of claim 8, wherein the latency requirement is configured by a network entity using a higher layer signaling or pre-determined by the first UE.
10. The second UE of claim 8, wherein the resources for the periodic traffic are determined by a resource reservation interval, and wherein the resources for the aperiodic traffic are determined based on a channel occupancy time.
11. The second UE of claim 8, wherein the transceiver is further configured to receive the SCI including a preemption indication, wherein the preemption indication indicates the resources to be selected, by the first UE, for the at least one of aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic.
12. The second UE of claim 11, wherein the at least one of aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic transmitted by the first UE has a higher priority to use the resources than traffic of the second UE.
13. The second UE of claim 8, wherein:
the resources for the aperiodic traffic are reserved by a first resource allocation operation,
the resources for the periodic traffic are reserved by a second resource allocation operation, and
the first resource allocation operation and the second resource allocation operation are performed in a same resource pool for the resources for the at least one of aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic.
14. The second UE of claim 8, wherein:
the resources for the aperiodic traffic are reserved by a first resource allocation operation,
the resources for the periodic traffic are reserved by a second resource allocation operation, and
the first resource allocation operation and the second resource allocation operation are performed in different resource pools for the resources for the at least one of aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic.
15. A method of a first user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system, the method comprising:
receiving, from a second UE via a sidelink, signals including information to select resources for at least one of aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic;
decoding sidelink control information (SCI) from the information included in the signals;
performing, over a sensing window, a signal measurement of the received signals;
identifying a resource selection window based on a latency requirement;
reserving the resources for the at least one of aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic in a frequency domain and a time domain based on the decoded SCI and a result of the signal measurement, the resources being identified within a resource selection window; and
transmitting, to the second UE via the sidelink, the at least one of aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic using the reserved resources.
16. The method of claim 15, wherein the latency requirement is configured by a network entity using a higher layer signaling or pre-determined by the first UE.
17. The method of claim 15, wherein the resources for the periodic traffic are determined by a resource reservation interval, and wherein the resources for the aperiodic traffic are determined based on a channel occupancy time.
18. The method of claim 15, further comprising transmitting the SCI including a preemption indication, wherein the preemption indication indicates the resources to be selected, by the first UE, for the at least one of aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic, wherein the at least one of aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic transmitted by the first UE has a higher priority to use the resources than traffic of the second UE.
19. The method of claim 15, wherein:
the resources for the aperiodic traffic are reserved by a first resource allocation operation,
the resources for the periodic traffic are reserved by a second resource allocation operation, and
the first resource allocation operation and the second resource allocation operation are performed in a same resource pool for the resources for the at least one of aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic.
20. The method of claim 15, wherein:
the resources for the aperiodic traffic are reserved by a first resource allocation operation,
the resources for the periodic traffic are reserved by a second resource allocation operation, and
the first resource allocation operation and the second resource allocation operation are performed in different resource pools for the resources for the at least one of aperiodic traffic or periodic traffic.
US16/514,880 2018-07-19 2019-07-17 Method and apparatus for nr v2x resource selection Abandoned US20200029340A1 (en)

Priority Applications (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US16/514,880 US20200029340A1 (en) 2018-07-19 2019-07-17 Method and apparatus for nr v2x resource selection
KR1020217004920A KR20210024197A (en) 2018-07-19 2019-07-19 NR V2X resource selection method and device
EP19838858.9A EP3818758A4 (en) 2018-07-19 2019-07-19 Method and apparatus for nr v2x resource selection
PCT/KR2019/008998 WO2020017939A1 (en) 2018-07-19 2019-07-19 Method and apparatus for nr v2x resource selection
US17/304,008 US12089247B2 (en) 2018-07-19 2021-06-11 Method and apparatus for NR V2X resource selection

Applications Claiming Priority (11)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201862700428P 2018-07-19 2018-07-19
US201862727791P 2018-09-06 2018-09-06
US201862735437P 2018-09-24 2018-09-24
US201862737566P 2018-09-27 2018-09-27
US201862750587P 2018-10-25 2018-10-25
US201962789727P 2019-01-08 2019-01-08
US201962817841P 2019-03-13 2019-03-13
US201962824461P 2019-03-27 2019-03-27
US201962827925P 2019-04-02 2019-04-02
US201962835631P 2019-04-18 2019-04-18
US16/514,880 US20200029340A1 (en) 2018-07-19 2019-07-17 Method and apparatus for nr v2x resource selection

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/304,008 Continuation US12089247B2 (en) 2018-07-19 2021-06-11 Method and apparatus for NR V2X resource selection

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20200029340A1 true US20200029340A1 (en) 2020-01-23

Family

ID=69162669

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/514,880 Abandoned US20200029340A1 (en) 2018-07-19 2019-07-17 Method and apparatus for nr v2x resource selection
US17/304,008 Active 2041-02-10 US12089247B2 (en) 2018-07-19 2021-06-11 Method and apparatus for NR V2X resource selection

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/304,008 Active 2041-02-10 US12089247B2 (en) 2018-07-19 2021-06-11 Method and apparatus for NR V2X resource selection

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (2) US20200029340A1 (en)
EP (1) EP3818758A4 (en)
KR (1) KR20210024197A (en)
WO (1) WO2020017939A1 (en)

Cited By (144)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20190380015A1 (en) * 2018-06-07 2019-12-12 Volkswagen Aktiengesellschaft Vehicle, Apparatus, Method And Computer Program For Communicating In Multiple Mobile Communication Systems
US10687362B2 (en) * 2018-11-12 2020-06-16 Qualcomm Incorporated Slot format indicator enhancements for new radio-unlicensed
US20200229205A1 (en) * 2019-01-11 2020-07-16 Qualcomm Incorporated Resource reservation techniques for wireless communications
US20200229171A1 (en) * 2019-04-02 2020-07-16 Intel Corporation Methods of autonomous resource selection in new radio (nr) vehicle-to-everything (v2x) sidelink communication
WO2020190646A1 (en) * 2020-03-12 2020-09-24 Futurewei Technologies, Inc. Sidelink beam reporting
US10834704B2 (en) * 2019-03-22 2020-11-10 Asustek Computer Inc. Method and apparatus for resource selection in sidelink transmission in a wireless communication system
CN112235765A (en) * 2020-12-16 2021-01-15 北京大唐高鸿数据网络技术有限公司 Resource selection method, device and terminal
US10897792B2 (en) * 2018-09-28 2021-01-19 Mediatek Inc. Method and apparatus of new radio V2X cluster head
US20210144680A1 (en) * 2019-11-08 2021-05-13 Andrey Chervyakov Nr v2x sidelink resource reselection and reevaluation procedure
US20210153211A1 (en) * 2018-08-01 2021-05-20 Vivo Mobile Communication Co., Ltd. Resource allocation method, resource usage method, user equipment, and network side device
WO2021155517A1 (en) * 2020-02-05 2021-08-12 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Resource indication method and apparatus, and terminal
CN113259913A (en) * 2020-02-11 2021-08-13 华硕电脑股份有限公司 Method and apparatus for device-to-device side link transmission scheduling in wireless communication system
CN113271563A (en) * 2020-02-14 2021-08-17 罗伯特·博世有限公司 First radio terminal, method of operating the same and method of operating a radio communications network
WO2021159321A1 (en) * 2020-02-12 2021-08-19 Apple Inc. Methods of resource re-selection and pre-emption
WO2021159464A1 (en) * 2020-02-14 2021-08-19 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for sending and receiving information
WO2021163699A1 (en) * 2020-02-13 2021-08-19 Ofinno, Llc Resource retrieve procedure
WO2021168826A1 (en) * 2020-02-28 2021-09-02 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Resource exclusion method and apparatus, device, and storage medium
US20210282115A1 (en) * 2020-03-05 2021-09-09 Qualcomm Incorporated Control channel resources for group-feedback in multi-cast
WO2021182916A1 (en) * 2020-03-13 2021-09-16 엘지전자 주식회사 Method and device for saving power for sidelink communication in nr v2x
WO2021179234A1 (en) * 2020-03-11 2021-09-16 Hong Kong Applied Science And Technology Research Institute Co., Ltd. A method of processing a received channel signal in a device to device communications link using multiple reference symbols
US20210298044A1 (en) * 2018-09-19 2021-09-23 Fujitsu Limited Communication apparatus, base station apparatus, and communication system
CN113473601A (en) * 2020-03-30 2021-10-01 维沃移动通信有限公司 Resource selection method and equipment
EP3890423A1 (en) * 2020-03-30 2021-10-06 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Resource selection procedure to preserve chain integrity
WO2021195960A1 (en) 2020-03-31 2021-10-07 Lenovo (Beijing) Limited Methods and apparatus for burst-based sidelink transmission
CN113498177A (en) * 2020-04-01 2021-10-12 维沃移动通信有限公司 Resource selection method, terminal and network side equipment
US20210321370A1 (en) * 2018-08-10 2021-10-14 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and terminal for transmitting aperiodic signal in wireless communication terminal
CN113518324A (en) * 2020-04-10 2021-10-19 北京紫光展锐通信技术有限公司 Resource selection method for auxiliary link communication and communication device
US20210328643A1 (en) * 2020-04-16 2021-10-21 Qualcomm Incorporated Sidelink aperiodic channel state information reporting triggered by a base station
US20210329601A1 (en) * 2018-12-29 2021-10-21 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Communication Resource Determining Method and Apparatus
WO2021210871A1 (en) * 2020-04-13 2021-10-21 현대자동차주식회사 Method and apparatus for sidelink communication using reserved resources in communication system
WO2021213212A1 (en) * 2020-04-20 2021-10-28 维沃移动通信有限公司 Information transmission method and terminal
WO2021213383A1 (en) * 2020-04-20 2021-10-28 Mediatek Singapore Pte. Ltd. Resource allocation enhancement for sidelink communication
US20210337514A1 (en) * 2019-01-11 2021-10-28 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Sidelink reference signal transmission method and communication apparatus
US11166310B2 (en) * 2018-11-02 2021-11-02 Qualcomm Incorporated Channel access mechanism for wireless communications
US20210345184A1 (en) * 2020-05-04 2021-11-04 Qualcomm Incorporated Sidelink resource reservation for a user equipment using a no-sensing mode
US20210345183A1 (en) * 2018-10-10 2021-11-04 Kyocera Corporation Cdma based reservation channel transmission in v2v communications
US20210360481A1 (en) * 2020-05-15 2021-11-18 Qualcomm Incorporated Resource reservation signaling for aperiodic reservations
WO2021236305A1 (en) * 2020-05-20 2021-11-25 Qualcomm Incorporated Channel access for vehicle-to-everything (v2x) communication in unlicensed spectrum
WO2021238920A1 (en) * 2020-05-27 2021-12-02 华为技术有限公司 Method, apparatus, and system for indicating sidelink resource
WO2021244546A1 (en) * 2020-06-03 2021-12-09 华为技术有限公司 Method and apparatus for transmitting resource information
US20210385696A1 (en) * 2020-06-09 2021-12-09 Qualcomm Incorporated Periodic resource reservation for serving aperiodic traffic over sidelink
WO2021252127A1 (en) * 2020-06-09 2021-12-16 Qualcomm Incorporated Serving aperiodic traffic over sidelink using resource adaptation of periodic resource reservations
CN113873545A (en) * 2020-06-30 2021-12-31 维沃移动通信有限公司 Resource indication method, device and communication equipment
WO2022003031A1 (en) * 2020-07-01 2022-01-06 Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der angewandten Forschung e.V. Resource reservation prediction for sidelink ues
US20220022166A1 (en) * 2018-11-08 2022-01-20 Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. Information sending method and receiving method, information sending apparatus and receiving apparatus, and storage medium
WO2022017476A1 (en) * 2020-07-24 2022-01-27 Huizhou Tcl Cloud Internet Corporation Technology Co., Ltd. Periodic reservations for sidelink communications in cellular networks
WO2022021342A1 (en) * 2020-07-31 2022-02-03 Lenovo (Beijing) Limited Method and apparatus for determining resource availability
WO2022021111A1 (en) * 2020-07-29 2022-02-03 Qualcomm Incorporated Sidelink receiver-side protection for a multiple transmitter- receiver point user equipment
WO2022021127A1 (en) 2020-07-29 2022-02-03 Qualcomm Incorporated Resource exclusion procedures for resource selection for a multiple transmitter-receiver point user equipment
WO2022025868A1 (en) 2020-07-28 2022-02-03 Nokia Technologies Oy Device-to-device assisted timing synchronization
WO2022027246A1 (en) * 2020-08-04 2022-02-10 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Adaptive sensing based resource selection for d2d communication
WO2022032294A1 (en) * 2020-08-07 2022-02-10 Qualcomm Incorporated Coordination signaling for sidelink resource selection
WO2022031042A1 (en) * 2020-08-05 2022-02-10 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. A method and an apparatus for ue coordination
US20220046622A1 (en) * 2020-08-06 2022-02-10 Qualcomm Incorporated Discontinuous reception for sidelink
WO2022031905A1 (en) * 2020-08-05 2022-02-10 Intel Corporation Power saving for nr sidelink communication
US20220046626A1 (en) * 2020-08-07 2022-02-10 Qualcomm Incorporated Resource selection for sidelink coordination information request messages
US20220053496A1 (en) * 2018-09-26 2022-02-17 Lenovo (Beijing) Limited Method and apparatus for sidelink communication
US20220061095A1 (en) * 2020-08-20 2022-02-24 Qualcomm Incorporated Listen-before-talk (lbt) aware autonomous sensing for sidelink
US20220061026A1 (en) * 2018-12-26 2022-02-24 Sony Group Corporation Terminal device, base station, method, and recording medium
WO2022047452A1 (en) * 2020-08-24 2022-03-03 Qualcomm Incorporated Multiple transmission opportunity resource reservation for sidelink communication
US20220070921A1 (en) * 2020-09-02 2022-03-03 Qualcomm Incorporated Frequency resource reservation for sidelink communication
US20220070925A1 (en) * 2020-08-28 2022-03-03 Qualcomm Incorporated Resource reservation for nr-u sl
WO2022045718A1 (en) * 2020-08-24 2022-03-03 엘지전자 주식회사 Method and apparatus for performing resource reselection in nr v2x
US20220070846A1 (en) * 2018-12-29 2022-03-03 Spreadtrum Semiconductor (Nanjing) Co., Ltd. Information transmission method for sidelink, and user equipment and computer-readable storage medium
US20220077993A1 (en) * 2019-02-24 2022-03-10 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for sidelink terminal to transmit and receive signal related to channel state report in wireless communication system
WO2022047733A1 (en) * 2020-09-04 2022-03-10 Qualcomm Incorporated Techniques for sidelink resource exclusion with a multi-transmission and receive point (trp) enabled transmitter
WO2022055659A1 (en) * 2020-09-11 2022-03-17 Qualcomm Incorporated Enabling multi-rat co-channel coexistence
US20220095117A1 (en) * 2020-09-22 2022-03-24 Qualcomm Incorporated Resource reservation for sidelink communications in shared radio frequency spectrum
US11291025B2 (en) * 2019-07-16 2022-03-29 Qualcomm Incorporated Remaining channel occupancy time indications
WO2022062280A1 (en) * 2020-09-27 2022-03-31 索尼集团公司 Electronic device and method for use in radio communication, and computer-readable storage medium
US20220110076A1 (en) * 2019-01-09 2022-04-07 Mitsubishi Electric Corporation Communication system and communication terminal
WO2022073199A1 (en) * 2020-10-09 2022-04-14 Mediatek Inc. Sl resource allocation enhancements
WO2022077507A1 (en) * 2020-10-16 2022-04-21 华为技术有限公司 Method and apparatus for determining sidelink transmission resource
CN114599016A (en) * 2020-03-23 2022-06-07 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Resource selection method and device, electronic equipment and storage medium
WO2022120305A1 (en) * 2020-12-02 2022-06-09 Qualcomm Incorporated Half-duplex-aware resource selection in sidelink
US20220183061A1 (en) * 2019-04-30 2022-06-09 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Transmitting and receiving an indication
US11395294B2 (en) * 2019-08-16 2022-07-19 Mediatek Inc. Method and apparatus for resource selection of multiple transmission occasions in new radio sidelink communications
US11395313B2 (en) * 2019-01-10 2022-07-19 Qualcomm Incorporated Handling packets with different priorities in sidelink systems
WO2022154426A1 (en) * 2021-01-13 2022-07-21 엘지전자 주식회사 Method and device for performing burst transmission in nr v2x
WO2022154452A1 (en) * 2021-01-13 2022-07-21 엘지전자 주식회사 Method and device for performing sl communication on basis of aggregated resources in nr v2x
WO2022151483A1 (en) * 2021-01-18 2022-07-21 Mediatek Inc. Resource allocation enhancement with early resource reselection
WO2022164614A1 (en) * 2021-01-29 2022-08-04 Qualcomm Incorporated Strategic channel sensing
US20220248374A1 (en) * 2021-02-02 2022-08-04 Qualcomm Incorporated User equipment autonomous resource selection
US20220256504A1 (en) * 2019-10-30 2022-08-11 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. User equipment and method for hybrid automatic repeat request reporting
US11419128B2 (en) * 2018-08-01 2022-08-16 Panasonic Intellectual Property Corporation Of America User equipment and communication methods
WO2022174201A1 (en) * 2021-02-10 2022-08-18 Qualcomm Incorporated Backward cancellation indication for sidelink transmission
US11424800B2 (en) * 2019-09-20 2022-08-23 Qualcomm Incorporated Techniques for scheduling a front-loaded sidelink channel state information reference signal
US11424801B2 (en) * 2019-09-20 2022-08-23 Qualcomm Incorporated Techniques for transmitting sidelink channel state information feedback
US20220272717A1 (en) * 2019-08-14 2022-08-25 Zte Corporation Signal sending method and device, signal receiving method and device, information feedback method and device, communication node, and medium
US20220287005A1 (en) * 2021-03-03 2022-09-08 Qualcomm Incorporated Resource selection and reservation for cooperative relay in sidelink networks
WO2022186623A1 (en) * 2021-03-03 2022-09-09 엘지전자 주식회사 Sidelink transmitting and receiving method in wireless communication system, and apparatus therefor
WO2022183930A1 (en) * 2021-03-01 2022-09-09 华为技术有限公司 Method and apparatus for determining transmission resource, and device
WO2022191961A1 (en) * 2021-03-12 2022-09-15 Qualcomm Incorporated Techniques for sidelink resource reservation
US20220337355A1 (en) * 2019-08-15 2022-10-20 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Acknowledgement Feedback for Sidelink Communications
US20220338175A1 (en) * 2021-04-19 2022-10-20 Qualcomm Incorporated Multi-tti selective grant for sidelink communication in unlicensed spectrum
WO2022220984A1 (en) * 2021-04-15 2022-10-20 Qualcomm Incorporated Sidelink coverage extension using repeated transmission
US20220369344A1 (en) * 2021-05-14 2022-11-17 Qualcomm Incorporated Transmitter multiplexing in multi-opportunity sidelink grant
WO2022240072A1 (en) * 2021-05-08 2022-11-17 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. A method for determining sidelink resource
CN115380488A (en) * 2020-04-16 2022-11-22 高通股份有限公司 Cyclic Prefix (CP) extension at Channel Occupancy Time (COT) sharing for sidelink communications
CN115428544A (en) * 2020-04-24 2022-12-02 华为技术有限公司 Method and communication device for determining sidelink resources
WO2022258042A1 (en) * 2021-06-11 2022-12-15 维沃移动通信有限公司 Resource recommendation method and apparatus, and transmission resource determination method and apparatus
WO2022258047A1 (en) * 2021-06-11 2022-12-15 维沃移动通信有限公司 Method and device for determining resource on shared frequency band
WO2022267592A1 (en) * 2021-06-21 2022-12-29 华为技术有限公司 Data sending method, data receiving method, and device
US11546115B2 (en) * 2019-08-15 2023-01-03 Ofinno, Llc Resource selection based on sensing sidelinks by wireless device
US20230022077A1 (en) * 2021-07-21 2023-01-26 Qualcomm Incorporated Multi-transmitter scheduling using slot-based and sub-slot based physical sidelink shared channels
CN115669174A (en) * 2020-04-15 2023-01-31 诺基亚技术有限公司 Communication between nodes in unlicensed spectrum
CN115669002A (en) * 2020-04-24 2023-01-31 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device
WO2023015076A1 (en) * 2021-08-02 2023-02-09 Qualcomm Incorporated Transmitting receiving beam schedules to sidelink user equipments
WO2023011421A1 (en) * 2021-08-05 2023-02-09 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and apparatus
US20230051721A1 (en) * 2021-08-11 2023-02-16 Qualcomm Incorporated Short reference signals for sidelink communication
CN115706957A (en) * 2021-08-13 2023-02-17 华硕电脑股份有限公司 Method and apparatus for listen-before-talk for sidelink transmissions in a wireless communication system
US20230068844A1 (en) * 2021-08-27 2023-03-02 Qualcomm Incorporated Channel aware tone reservation for sidelink communications
US20230064256A1 (en) * 2021-08-27 2023-03-02 Qualcomm Incorporated Bi-directional sidelink resource selection with bi-directional resource allocation indication
WO2023025125A1 (en) * 2021-08-27 2023-03-02 维沃移动通信有限公司 Resource selection method and apparatus, and terminal
WO2023036071A1 (en) * 2021-09-09 2023-03-16 展讯通信(上海)有限公司 Resource selection method and apparatus, and user equipment
WO2023036332A1 (en) * 2021-09-13 2023-03-16 维沃移动通信有限公司 Resource reservation method and apparatus, and terminal
US11627585B2 (en) * 2019-08-20 2023-04-11 Qualcomm Incorporated Preemption indication and power control for sidelink
WO2023059421A1 (en) * 2021-10-08 2023-04-13 Qualcomm Incorporated Techniques for sidelink joint channel sensing and resource selection
US11632780B2 (en) * 2019-01-11 2023-04-18 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp, Ltd. Sidelink communication method, terminal device and network device
EP4138479A4 (en) * 2020-05-08 2023-05-03 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Resource selection method and apparatus, and device and storage medium
US11647517B2 (en) * 2020-02-24 2023-05-09 Qualcomm Incorporated Adaptive sensing based on number of retransmissions
CN116097844A (en) * 2020-10-15 2023-05-09 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Channel transmission method, configuration method and device
EP4149160A4 (en) * 2020-05-09 2023-05-10 Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. Partial sensing method and apparatus, terminal device, and storage medium
US11653340B2 (en) * 2018-08-07 2023-05-16 Panasonic Intellectual Property Corporation Of America User equipment, base station and wireless communication method
EP4138425A4 (en) * 2020-04-22 2023-06-07 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Sidelink resource allocation method and terminal device
US11678362B2 (en) 2020-05-06 2023-06-13 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method to dynamically change the minimum candidate resources ratio in mode 2 resource selection procedure of NR V2X
US11678325B2 (en) 2020-12-02 2023-06-13 Qualcomm Incorporated Techniques for sidelink resource selection
CN116349333A (en) * 2020-10-29 2023-06-27 株式会社Ntt都科摩 Terminal and communication method
US20230247570A1 (en) * 2022-01-31 2023-08-03 Qualcomm Incorporated Aperiodic tracking reference signals for sidelink communications
WO2023173328A1 (en) * 2022-03-16 2023-09-21 Nec Corporation Method, device and computer readable medium for communications
US20230319799A1 (en) * 2019-10-12 2023-10-05 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Communications method and apparatus
EP4152854A4 (en) * 2020-05-12 2023-10-11 Vivo Mobile Communication Co., Ltd. Information sending method, resource processing method, apparatus, and electronic device
WO2023201484A1 (en) * 2022-04-18 2023-10-26 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Auxiliary resource set-based communication method and apparatus, and storage medium
WO2023206201A1 (en) * 2022-04-28 2023-11-02 Lenovo (Beijing) Limited A method of resource selection on unlicensed band
US11818716B2 (en) 2020-07-17 2023-11-14 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd User equipment assistance for resource selection in new radio vehicle to everything
EP4161108A4 (en) * 2020-06-02 2023-11-15 Vivo Mobile Communication Co., Ltd. Information transmission method and apparatus, and terminal device
EP4236516A4 (en) * 2020-10-22 2023-11-22 Fujitsu Limited Sidelink resource selection method and apparatus
US11832165B2 (en) * 2020-11-24 2023-11-28 Qualcomm Incorporated State-based sensing procedure
EP4185033A4 (en) * 2020-10-08 2024-01-17 LG Electronics Inc. Method and device for allocating resource to terminal having limited reception operation in nr v2x
WO2024036010A1 (en) * 2022-08-12 2024-02-15 Qualcomm Incorporated Techniques for enhancing time division multiplexing and frequency division multiplexing operation for sidelink- unlicensed communications
US11950233B2 (en) 2020-10-09 2024-04-02 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd Efficient techniques for resource selection assistance reporting for NR Rel-17 sidelink
US20240163971A1 (en) * 2018-08-08 2024-05-16 Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. Uu interface enhancement for nr v2x
EP4193660A4 (en) * 2020-08-04 2024-08-14 Huizhou Tcl Cloud Internet Corporation Tech Co Ltd Sidelink resource selection based on user equipment coordination
US12114317B2 (en) * 2021-01-26 2024-10-08 Qualcomm Incorporated Sidelink channel state information (CSI) reporting from a user equipment

Families Citing this family (35)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11382083B2 (en) 2018-07-23 2022-07-05 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for high reliability transmission in vehicle to everything (V2X) communication
WO2020085854A1 (en) * 2018-10-25 2020-04-30 엘지전자 주식회사 Method and device for determining resource selection window on basis of information related to sidelink harq feedback in wireless communication system
US12127130B2 (en) * 2019-08-26 2024-10-22 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and device for determining sidelink transmission power in NR V2X
US20220408481A1 (en) * 2020-02-10 2022-12-22 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for performing congestion control in nr v2x
KR20230169483A (en) * 2020-02-12 2023-12-15 엘지전자 주식회사 Method and device for setting resource pool in nr v2x
CN113411844B (en) * 2020-03-17 2022-08-09 华硕电脑股份有限公司 Method and apparatus for sidelink resource selection between devices in a wireless communication system
JP7282261B2 (en) * 2020-03-18 2023-05-26 エルジー エレクトロニクス インコーポレイティド Method and apparatus for prioritizing HARQ feedback in NR V2X
CN115299133A (en) 2020-03-19 2022-11-04 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Data transmission method and terminal equipment
US20210297964A1 (en) * 2020-03-23 2021-09-23 Qualcomm Incorporated Sidelink feedback reporting
US12101799B2 (en) 2020-04-03 2024-09-24 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Wireless resource selection
CN113518321B (en) * 2020-04-09 2022-10-25 北京紫光展锐通信技术有限公司 Resource selection method and device for auxiliary link, storage medium and terminal
CN115767729B (en) * 2020-04-17 2024-10-18 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 User equipment and side chain resource selection method
WO2021226924A1 (en) * 2020-05-14 2021-11-18 Apple Inc. Technologies for periodic resource reservation in preemption
WO2021248421A1 (en) * 2020-06-11 2021-12-16 富士通株式会社 Method and apparatus for selecting sidelink resources
WO2022019540A1 (en) * 2020-07-22 2022-01-27 엘지전자 주식회사 Method and device for performing sl communication on basis of assistance information in nr v2x
EP4190077A4 (en) * 2020-07-31 2023-09-20 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. User equipment and method for sidelink communication in unlicensed frequency spectrum by same
CN114071674B (en) * 2020-08-07 2024-08-02 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Resource sensing method, device, terminal and base station
US11690048B2 (en) * 2020-09-21 2023-06-27 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for inter-user equipment coordination signaling
CN114258140A (en) * 2020-09-25 2022-03-29 维沃移动通信有限公司 Resource selection method and device and electronic equipment
JP2024505786A (en) * 2020-12-16 2024-02-08 オッポ広東移動通信有限公司 Configuration reset method, device, and terminal equipment
US20240064659A1 (en) * 2021-02-09 2024-02-22 Qualcomm Incorporated Assisted resource reservation for sidelink communication with low transmit power
US11838950B2 (en) * 2021-04-28 2023-12-05 Qualcomm Incorporated Multi-opportunity grant and HARQ codebook for sidelink operations
KR20240001122A (en) * 2021-04-29 2024-01-03 엘지전자 주식회사 Method and device for transmitting and receiving information based on resources in NR V2X
US20240267892A1 (en) * 2021-05-04 2024-08-08 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and device for selecting resource in nr v2x on basis of partial sensing
EP4325961A4 (en) * 2021-05-10 2024-09-25 Lg Electronics Inc Method and device for operating sl drx timer in nr v2x
EP4362591A4 (en) * 2021-07-15 2024-11-06 Lg Electronics Inc Method for transmitting and receiving physical sidelink shared channel in wireless communication system, and device for same
CN115942273A (en) * 2021-08-16 2023-04-07 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Resource sensing method, terminal and computer readable storage medium
JPWO2023139709A1 (en) * 2022-01-19 2023-07-27
WO2023191562A1 (en) * 2022-04-01 2023-10-05 엘지전자 주식회사 Method and apparatus for performing wireless communication on basis of cap
WO2023200213A1 (en) * 2022-04-11 2023-10-19 엘지전자 주식회사 Method and apparatus for reserving resource for nr sidelink transmission in unlicensed band
WO2023205613A1 (en) * 2022-04-18 2023-10-26 Intel Corporation Resource selection, listen-before talk procedures, and mapping of priority and quality of service information for sidelink communication
EP4312459A1 (en) * 2022-07-29 2024-01-31 Eurecom Back-scheduling for sidelink communication
WO2024076187A1 (en) * 2022-10-07 2024-04-11 엘지전자 주식회사 Method and device for cpe-based sidelink communication in unlicensed spectrum
WO2024155143A1 (en) * 2023-01-20 2024-07-25 엘지전자 주식회사 Sidelink communication
US20240276453A1 (en) * 2023-02-13 2024-08-15 Nokia Technologies Oy Enhanced UE Autonomous Resource Selection For Dynamic Coexistence Of SL Transmissions With Different Subcarrier Spacing

Family Cites Families (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20200305152A1 (en) 2016-03-31 2020-09-24 Ntt Docomo, Inc. User equipment and sensing control method
BR112019002439A2 (en) 2016-08-09 2019-06-04 Panasonic Ip Corp America transmitting device, and method for a transmitting device
WO2018031086A1 (en) 2016-08-12 2018-02-15 Intel Corporation Ue autonomous resource selection procedures in vehicle-to-vehicle communications with power threshold determination
CN109792640B (en) 2016-09-10 2023-04-04 Lg 电子株式会社 Method for reserving a limited number of resources for performing V2X communication in a wireless communication system and terminal using the same
WO2018084614A1 (en) * 2016-11-02 2018-05-11 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Resource selection method and corresponding equipment
EP3536094B1 (en) 2016-11-03 2022-08-31 Panasonic Intellectual Property Corporation of America Wireless communication method, apparatus and system
WO2018175528A1 (en) * 2017-03-23 2018-09-27 Intel Corporation User equipment (ue) and methods for vehicle-to-vehicle (v2v) sidelink communication in accordance with a short transmission time interval (tti)
CN109391972B (en) * 2017-08-12 2020-09-25 捷开通讯(深圳)有限公司 Resource selection method and device for terminal-to-terminal communication supporting carrier aggregation
US10791558B2 (en) * 2017-10-02 2020-09-29 Qualcomm Incorporated Techniques and apparatuses for autonomous resource selection for vehicle-to-everything (V2X) transmissions
WO2019095226A1 (en) * 2017-11-16 2019-05-23 Lenovo (Beijing) Limited Method and apparatus for transmission resource selection

Cited By (221)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11044590B2 (en) * 2018-06-07 2021-06-22 Volkswagen Aktiengesellschaft Vehicle, apparatus, method and computer program for communicating in multiple mobile communication systems
US20190380015A1 (en) * 2018-06-07 2019-12-12 Volkswagen Aktiengesellschaft Vehicle, Apparatus, Method And Computer Program For Communicating In Multiple Mobile Communication Systems
US11419128B2 (en) * 2018-08-01 2022-08-16 Panasonic Intellectual Property Corporation Of America User equipment and communication methods
US20210153211A1 (en) * 2018-08-01 2021-05-20 Vivo Mobile Communication Co., Ltd. Resource allocation method, resource usage method, user equipment, and network side device
US12004203B2 (en) * 2018-08-01 2024-06-04 Vivo Mobile Communication Co., Ltd. Resource allocation method, resource usage method, user equipment, and network side device
US11653340B2 (en) * 2018-08-07 2023-05-16 Panasonic Intellectual Property Corporation Of America User equipment, base station and wireless communication method
US12137441B2 (en) 2018-08-07 2024-11-05 Panasonic Intellectual Property Corporation Of America User equipment, base station and wireless communication method
US20240163971A1 (en) * 2018-08-08 2024-05-16 Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. Uu interface enhancement for nr v2x
US20210321370A1 (en) * 2018-08-10 2021-10-14 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and terminal for transmitting aperiodic signal in wireless communication terminal
US12004122B2 (en) * 2018-08-10 2024-06-04 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and terminal for transmitting aperiodic signal in wireless communication terminal
US20210298044A1 (en) * 2018-09-19 2021-09-23 Fujitsu Limited Communication apparatus, base station apparatus, and communication system
US11963207B2 (en) * 2018-09-26 2024-04-16 Lenovo (Beijing) Limited Method and apparatus for sidelink communication
US20220053496A1 (en) * 2018-09-26 2022-02-17 Lenovo (Beijing) Limited Method and apparatus for sidelink communication
US10897792B2 (en) * 2018-09-28 2021-01-19 Mediatek Inc. Method and apparatus of new radio V2X cluster head
US20210345183A1 (en) * 2018-10-10 2021-11-04 Kyocera Corporation Cdma based reservation channel transmission in v2v communications
US11166310B2 (en) * 2018-11-02 2021-11-02 Qualcomm Incorporated Channel access mechanism for wireless communications
US12096399B2 (en) * 2018-11-08 2024-09-17 Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. Information sending method and receiving method, information sending apparatus and receiving apparatus, and storage medium
US20220022166A1 (en) * 2018-11-08 2022-01-20 Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. Information sending method and receiving method, information sending apparatus and receiving apparatus, and storage medium
US10687362B2 (en) * 2018-11-12 2020-06-16 Qualcomm Incorporated Slot format indicator enhancements for new radio-unlicensed
US20220061026A1 (en) * 2018-12-26 2022-02-24 Sony Group Corporation Terminal device, base station, method, and recording medium
US12010685B2 (en) * 2018-12-29 2024-06-11 Spreadtrum Semiconductor (Nanjing) Co., Ltd. Information transmission method for sidelink, and user equipment and computer-readable storage medium
US20210329601A1 (en) * 2018-12-29 2021-10-21 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Communication Resource Determining Method and Apparatus
US20220070846A1 (en) * 2018-12-29 2022-03-03 Spreadtrum Semiconductor (Nanjing) Co., Ltd. Information transmission method for sidelink, and user equipment and computer-readable storage medium
US20220110076A1 (en) * 2019-01-09 2022-04-07 Mitsubishi Electric Corporation Communication system and communication terminal
US11395313B2 (en) * 2019-01-10 2022-07-19 Qualcomm Incorporated Handling packets with different priorities in sidelink systems
US11632780B2 (en) * 2019-01-11 2023-04-18 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp, Ltd. Sidelink communication method, terminal device and network device
US20200229205A1 (en) * 2019-01-11 2020-07-16 Qualcomm Incorporated Resource reservation techniques for wireless communications
US20210337514A1 (en) * 2019-01-11 2021-10-28 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Sidelink reference signal transmission method and communication apparatus
US12004143B2 (en) * 2019-01-11 2024-06-04 Qualcomm Incorporated Resource reservation techniques for wireless communications
US20220077993A1 (en) * 2019-02-24 2022-03-10 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for sidelink terminal to transmit and receive signal related to channel state report in wireless communication system
US10834704B2 (en) * 2019-03-22 2020-11-10 Asustek Computer Inc. Method and apparatus for resource selection in sidelink transmission in a wireless communication system
US20200229171A1 (en) * 2019-04-02 2020-07-16 Intel Corporation Methods of autonomous resource selection in new radio (nr) vehicle-to-everything (v2x) sidelink communication
US20220183061A1 (en) * 2019-04-30 2022-06-09 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Transmitting and receiving an indication
US11291025B2 (en) * 2019-07-16 2022-03-29 Qualcomm Incorporated Remaining channel occupancy time indications
US20220272717A1 (en) * 2019-08-14 2022-08-25 Zte Corporation Signal sending method and device, signal receiving method and device, information feedback method and device, communication node, and medium
US20220337355A1 (en) * 2019-08-15 2022-10-20 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Acknowledgement Feedback for Sidelink Communications
US11546115B2 (en) * 2019-08-15 2023-01-03 Ofinno, Llc Resource selection based on sensing sidelinks by wireless device
US11395294B2 (en) * 2019-08-16 2022-07-19 Mediatek Inc. Method and apparatus for resource selection of multiple transmission occasions in new radio sidelink communications
US11627585B2 (en) * 2019-08-20 2023-04-11 Qualcomm Incorporated Preemption indication and power control for sidelink
US11424800B2 (en) * 2019-09-20 2022-08-23 Qualcomm Incorporated Techniques for scheduling a front-loaded sidelink channel state information reference signal
US11424801B2 (en) * 2019-09-20 2022-08-23 Qualcomm Incorporated Techniques for transmitting sidelink channel state information feedback
US20230319799A1 (en) * 2019-10-12 2023-10-05 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Communications method and apparatus
US20220256504A1 (en) * 2019-10-30 2022-08-11 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. User equipment and method for hybrid automatic repeat request reporting
US11924808B2 (en) * 2019-11-08 2024-03-05 Intel Coporation NR V2X sidelink resource reselection and reevaluation procedure
US20210144680A1 (en) * 2019-11-08 2021-05-13 Andrey Chervyakov Nr v2x sidelink resource reselection and reevaluation procedure
WO2021155517A1 (en) * 2020-02-05 2021-08-12 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Resource indication method and apparatus, and terminal
CN113259913A (en) * 2020-02-11 2021-08-13 华硕电脑股份有限公司 Method and apparatus for device-to-device side link transmission scheduling in wireless communication system
CN113519172A (en) * 2020-02-12 2021-10-19 苹果公司 Method for resource reselection and pre-occupation
US12052741B2 (en) 2020-02-12 2024-07-30 Apple Inc. Methods of resource re-selection and pre-emption
WO2021159321A1 (en) * 2020-02-12 2021-08-19 Apple Inc. Methods of resource re-selection and pre-emption
WO2021163699A1 (en) * 2020-02-13 2021-08-19 Ofinno, Llc Resource retrieve procedure
EP4210414A1 (en) 2020-02-13 2023-07-12 Ofinno, LLC Resource retrieve procedure
KR20220140809A (en) * 2020-02-13 2022-10-18 오피노 엘엘씨 Resource discovery process
US11419096B2 (en) 2020-02-13 2022-08-16 Ofinno, Llc Resource retrieve procedure
US12035282B2 (en) * 2020-02-13 2024-07-09 Koninklijke Philips N.V. Resource retrieve procedure
US20220369292A1 (en) * 2020-02-13 2022-11-17 Ofinno, Llc Resource Retrieve Procedure
KR102671091B1 (en) 2020-02-13 2024-06-03 코닌클리케 필립스 엔.브이. Resource discovery procedure
CN115380603A (en) * 2020-02-13 2022-11-22 欧芬诺有限责任公司 Resource retrieval program
EP3866547A1 (en) * 2020-02-14 2021-08-18 Robert Bosch GmbH First radio terminal, method to operate a first radio terminal, and method to operate a radio communications networks
CN113271563A (en) * 2020-02-14 2021-08-17 罗伯特·博世有限公司 First radio terminal, method of operating the same and method of operating a radio communications network
WO2021159464A1 (en) * 2020-02-14 2021-08-19 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for sending and receiving information
US11445547B2 (en) 2020-02-14 2022-09-13 Robert Bosch Gmbh First radio terminal, method to operate a first radio terminal, and method to operate a radio communications network
US11956826B2 (en) 2020-02-14 2024-04-09 Robert Bosch Gmbh Radio terminal, method to operate a radio terminal, and method to operate a radio communications network
US11647517B2 (en) * 2020-02-24 2023-05-09 Qualcomm Incorporated Adaptive sensing based on number of retransmissions
WO2021168826A1 (en) * 2020-02-28 2021-09-02 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Resource exclusion method and apparatus, device, and storage medium
US20210282115A1 (en) * 2020-03-05 2021-09-09 Qualcomm Incorporated Control channel resources for group-feedback in multi-cast
US11877299B2 (en) * 2020-03-05 2024-01-16 Qualcomm Incorporated Control channel resources for group-feedback in multi-cast
US11323986B2 (en) * 2020-03-11 2022-05-03 Hong Kong Applied Science And Technology Research Institue Company Limited Method of processing a received channel signal in a device to device communications link using multiple reference signals
CN113647121A (en) * 2020-03-11 2021-11-12 香港应用科技研究院有限公司 Method for processing a received channel signal in a device-to-device communication link using a plurality of reference symbols
WO2021179234A1 (en) * 2020-03-11 2021-09-16 Hong Kong Applied Science And Technology Research Institute Co., Ltd. A method of processing a received channel signal in a device to device communications link using multiple reference symbols
WO2020190646A1 (en) * 2020-03-12 2020-09-24 Futurewei Technologies, Inc. Sidelink beam reporting
WO2021182916A1 (en) * 2020-03-13 2021-09-16 엘지전자 주식회사 Method and device for saving power for sidelink communication in nr v2x
CN114599016A (en) * 2020-03-23 2022-06-07 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Resource selection method and device, electronic equipment and storage medium
US20220182985A1 (en) * 2020-03-23 2022-06-09 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Resource selection method and apparatus, electronic device and storage medium
JP7476301B2 (en) 2020-03-23 2024-04-30 オッポ広東移動通信有限公司 RESOURCE SELECTION METHOD, DEVICE, ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND STORAGE MEDIUM
JP2023525608A (en) * 2020-03-23 2023-06-19 オッポ広東移動通信有限公司 Resource selection method, device, electronic apparatus and storage medium
EP4007203A4 (en) * 2020-03-23 2022-10-19 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Resource selection method and apparatus, electronic device, and storage medium
EP4132163A4 (en) * 2020-03-30 2023-08-23 Vivo Mobile Communication Co., Ltd. Resource selection method and device
EP3890423A1 (en) * 2020-03-30 2021-10-06 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Resource selection procedure to preserve chain integrity
WO2021197150A1 (en) * 2020-03-30 2021-10-07 维沃移动通信有限公司 Resource selection method and device
US20230007660A1 (en) * 2020-03-30 2023-01-05 Vivo Mobile Communication Co., Ltd. Resource selection method and device
CN113473601A (en) * 2020-03-30 2021-10-01 维沃移动通信有限公司 Resource selection method and equipment
JP7561868B2 (en) 2020-03-30 2024-10-04 維沃移動通信有限公司 Resource selection method and device
US20210314916A1 (en) * 2020-03-30 2021-10-07 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Resource selection procedure to preserve chain integrity
EP4128920A4 (en) * 2020-03-31 2023-11-22 Lenovo (Beijing) Limited Methods and apparatus for burst-based sidelink transmission
WO2021195960A1 (en) 2020-03-31 2021-10-07 Lenovo (Beijing) Limited Methods and apparatus for burst-based sidelink transmission
CN113498177A (en) * 2020-04-01 2021-10-12 维沃移动通信有限公司 Resource selection method, terminal and network side equipment
CN113518324A (en) * 2020-04-10 2021-10-19 北京紫光展锐通信技术有限公司 Resource selection method for auxiliary link communication and communication device
WO2021210871A1 (en) * 2020-04-13 2021-10-21 현대자동차주식회사 Method and apparatus for sidelink communication using reserved resources in communication system
CN115669174A (en) * 2020-04-15 2023-01-31 诺基亚技术有限公司 Communication between nodes in unlicensed spectrum
US20210328643A1 (en) * 2020-04-16 2021-10-21 Qualcomm Incorporated Sidelink aperiodic channel state information reporting triggered by a base station
CN115380488A (en) * 2020-04-16 2022-11-22 高通股份有限公司 Cyclic Prefix (CP) extension at Channel Occupancy Time (COT) sharing for sidelink communications
US11923941B2 (en) * 2020-04-16 2024-03-05 Qualcomm Incorporated Sidelink aperiodic channel state information reporting triggered by a base station
CN115428579A (en) * 2020-04-20 2022-12-02 联发科技(新加坡)私人有限公司 Resource allocation enhancements for sidelink communications
WO2021213212A1 (en) * 2020-04-20 2021-10-28 维沃移动通信有限公司 Information transmission method and terminal
WO2021213383A1 (en) * 2020-04-20 2021-10-28 Mediatek Singapore Pte. Ltd. Resource allocation enhancement for sidelink communication
EP4138425A4 (en) * 2020-04-22 2023-06-07 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Sidelink resource allocation method and terminal device
EP4132027A4 (en) * 2020-04-24 2023-05-03 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Communication method and device
CN115428544A (en) * 2020-04-24 2022-12-02 华为技术有限公司 Method and communication device for determining sidelink resources
CN115669002A (en) * 2020-04-24 2023-01-31 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device
WO2021226626A1 (en) * 2020-05-04 2021-11-11 Qualcomm Incorporated Sidelink resource reservation for a user equipment using a no-sensing mode
US20210345184A1 (en) * 2020-05-04 2021-11-04 Qualcomm Incorporated Sidelink resource reservation for a user equipment using a no-sensing mode
CN115462158A (en) * 2020-05-04 2022-12-09 高通股份有限公司 Sidelink resource reservation for user equipment using a sensorless mode
US11678362B2 (en) 2020-05-06 2023-06-13 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method to dynamically change the minimum candidate resources ratio in mode 2 resource selection procedure of NR V2X
US12082239B2 (en) 2020-05-06 2024-09-03 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method to dynamically change the minimum candidate resources ratio in mode 2 resource selection procedure of NR V2X
EP4138479A4 (en) * 2020-05-08 2023-05-03 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Resource selection method and apparatus, and device and storage medium
EP4149160A4 (en) * 2020-05-09 2023-05-10 Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. Partial sensing method and apparatus, terminal device, and storage medium
EP4440230A3 (en) * 2020-05-09 2024-10-30 Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. Partial sensing method and terminal device
EP4152854A4 (en) * 2020-05-12 2023-10-11 Vivo Mobile Communication Co., Ltd. Information sending method, resource processing method, apparatus, and electronic device
US20210360481A1 (en) * 2020-05-15 2021-11-18 Qualcomm Incorporated Resource reservation signaling for aperiodic reservations
US11736984B2 (en) * 2020-05-15 2023-08-22 Qualcomm Incorporated Resource reservation signaling for aperiodic reservations
WO2021236305A1 (en) * 2020-05-20 2021-11-25 Qualcomm Incorporated Channel access for vehicle-to-everything (v2x) communication in unlicensed spectrum
WO2021238920A1 (en) * 2020-05-27 2021-12-02 华为技术有限公司 Method, apparatus, and system for indicating sidelink resource
EP4161108A4 (en) * 2020-06-02 2023-11-15 Vivo Mobile Communication Co., Ltd. Information transmission method and apparatus, and terminal device
WO2021244546A1 (en) * 2020-06-03 2021-12-09 华为技术有限公司 Method and apparatus for transmitting resource information
WO2021252127A1 (en) * 2020-06-09 2021-12-16 Qualcomm Incorporated Serving aperiodic traffic over sidelink using resource adaptation of periodic resource reservations
US20210385696A1 (en) * 2020-06-09 2021-12-09 Qualcomm Incorporated Periodic resource reservation for serving aperiodic traffic over sidelink
US11696186B2 (en) * 2020-06-09 2023-07-04 Qualcomm Incorporated Periodic resource reservation for serving aperiodic traffic over sidelink
US11956680B2 (en) 2020-06-09 2024-04-09 Qualcomm Incorporated Serving aperiodic traffic over sidelink using resource adaptation of periodic resource reservations
CN113873545A (en) * 2020-06-30 2021-12-31 维沃移动通信有限公司 Resource indication method, device and communication equipment
WO2022003031A1 (en) * 2020-07-01 2022-01-06 Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der angewandten Forschung e.V. Resource reservation prediction for sidelink ues
US11818716B2 (en) 2020-07-17 2023-11-14 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd User equipment assistance for resource selection in new radio vehicle to everything
US12041614B2 (en) 2020-07-17 2024-07-16 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd User equipment assistance for resource selection in new radio vehicle to everything
WO2022017476A1 (en) * 2020-07-24 2022-01-27 Huizhou Tcl Cloud Internet Corporation Technology Co., Ltd. Periodic reservations for sidelink communications in cellular networks
WO2022025868A1 (en) 2020-07-28 2022-02-03 Nokia Technologies Oy Device-to-device assisted timing synchronization
EP4190045A4 (en) * 2020-07-28 2024-05-01 Nokia Technologies Oy Device-to-device assisted timing synchronization
WO2022021111A1 (en) * 2020-07-29 2022-02-03 Qualcomm Incorporated Sidelink receiver-side protection for a multiple transmitter- receiver point user equipment
WO2022021127A1 (en) 2020-07-29 2022-02-03 Qualcomm Incorporated Resource exclusion procedures for resource selection for a multiple transmitter-receiver point user equipment
EP4190079A4 (en) * 2020-07-29 2024-05-01 Qualcomm Incorporated Resource exclusion procedures for resource selection for a multiple transmitter-receiver point user equipment
WO2022021342A1 (en) * 2020-07-31 2022-02-03 Lenovo (Beijing) Limited Method and apparatus for determining resource availability
EP4189987A4 (en) * 2020-07-31 2024-04-03 Lenovo (Beijing) Limited Method and apparatus for determining resource availability
EP4193660A4 (en) * 2020-08-04 2024-08-14 Huizhou Tcl Cloud Internet Corporation Tech Co Ltd Sidelink resource selection based on user equipment coordination
WO2022027246A1 (en) * 2020-08-04 2022-02-10 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Adaptive sensing based resource selection for d2d communication
EP4179812A4 (en) * 2020-08-05 2023-11-29 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. A method and an apparatus for ue coordination
WO2022031042A1 (en) * 2020-08-05 2022-02-10 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. A method and an apparatus for ue coordination
WO2022031905A1 (en) * 2020-08-05 2022-02-10 Intel Corporation Power saving for nr sidelink communication
US11751198B2 (en) * 2020-08-06 2023-09-05 Qualcomm Incorporated Discontinuous reception for sidelink
US20220046622A1 (en) * 2020-08-06 2022-02-10 Qualcomm Incorporated Discontinuous reception for sidelink
WO2022031435A1 (en) * 2020-08-06 2022-02-10 Qualcomm Incorporated Discontinuous reception for sidelink
WO2022032294A1 (en) * 2020-08-07 2022-02-10 Qualcomm Incorporated Coordination signaling for sidelink resource selection
US11917617B2 (en) * 2020-08-07 2024-02-27 Qualcomm Incorporated Resource selection for sidelink coordination information request messages
US20220046626A1 (en) * 2020-08-07 2022-02-10 Qualcomm Incorporated Resource selection for sidelink coordination information request messages
US12114289B2 (en) 2020-08-07 2024-10-08 Qualcomm Incorporated Coordination signaling for sidelink resource selection
US11864231B2 (en) * 2020-08-20 2024-01-02 Qualcomm Incorporated Listen-before-talk (LBT) aware autonomous sensing for sidelink
US20220061095A1 (en) * 2020-08-20 2022-02-24 Qualcomm Incorporated Listen-before-talk (lbt) aware autonomous sensing for sidelink
WO2022039852A1 (en) * 2020-08-20 2022-02-24 Qualcomm Incorporated Listen-before-talk (lbt) aware autonomous sensing for sidelink
WO2022047452A1 (en) * 2020-08-24 2022-03-03 Qualcomm Incorporated Multiple transmission opportunity resource reservation for sidelink communication
US11812308B2 (en) 2020-08-24 2023-11-07 Qualcomm Incorporated Multiple transmission opportunity resource reservation for sidelink communication
EP4203576A4 (en) * 2020-08-24 2024-08-21 Lg Electronics Inc Method and apparatus for performing resource reselection in nr v2x
WO2022045718A1 (en) * 2020-08-24 2022-03-03 엘지전자 주식회사 Method and apparatus for performing resource reselection in nr v2x
US20220070925A1 (en) * 2020-08-28 2022-03-03 Qualcomm Incorporated Resource reservation for nr-u sl
US11979906B2 (en) * 2020-08-28 2024-05-07 Qualcomm Incorporated Resource reservation for NR-U SL
US11611991B2 (en) * 2020-09-02 2023-03-21 Qualcomm Incorporated Frequency resource reservation for sidelink communication
US20220070921A1 (en) * 2020-09-02 2022-03-03 Qualcomm Incorporated Frequency resource reservation for sidelink communication
WO2022051026A1 (en) * 2020-09-02 2022-03-10 Qualcomm Incorporated Frequency resource reservation for sidelink communication
WO2022047733A1 (en) * 2020-09-04 2022-03-10 Qualcomm Incorporated Techniques for sidelink resource exclusion with a multi-transmission and receive point (trp) enabled transmitter
WO2022055659A1 (en) * 2020-09-11 2022-03-17 Qualcomm Incorporated Enabling multi-rat co-channel coexistence
US11627501B2 (en) 2020-09-11 2023-04-11 Qualcomm Incorporated Enabling multi-RAT co-channel coexistence
US12058570B2 (en) 2020-09-11 2024-08-06 Qualcomm Incorporated Enabling multi-RAT co-channel coexistence
US20220095117A1 (en) * 2020-09-22 2022-03-24 Qualcomm Incorporated Resource reservation for sidelink communications in shared radio frequency spectrum
WO2022062280A1 (en) * 2020-09-27 2022-03-31 索尼集团公司 Electronic device and method for use in radio communication, and computer-readable storage medium
EP4185033A4 (en) * 2020-10-08 2024-01-17 LG Electronics Inc. Method and device for allocating resource to terminal having limited reception operation in nr v2x
WO2022073199A1 (en) * 2020-10-09 2022-04-14 Mediatek Inc. Sl resource allocation enhancements
US11950233B2 (en) 2020-10-09 2024-04-02 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd Efficient techniques for resource selection assistance reporting for NR Rel-17 sidelink
WO2022073423A1 (en) * 2020-10-09 2022-04-14 Mediatek Inc. User equipment and method for allocating sidelink resources
CN116097844A (en) * 2020-10-15 2023-05-09 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Channel transmission method, configuration method and device
WO2022077507A1 (en) * 2020-10-16 2022-04-21 华为技术有限公司 Method and apparatus for determining sidelink transmission resource
EP4224923A4 (en) * 2020-10-16 2023-11-01 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for determining sidelink transmission resource
EP4236516A4 (en) * 2020-10-22 2023-11-22 Fujitsu Limited Sidelink resource selection method and apparatus
CN116349333A (en) * 2020-10-29 2023-06-27 株式会社Ntt都科摩 Terminal and communication method
US11832165B2 (en) * 2020-11-24 2023-11-28 Qualcomm Incorporated State-based sensing procedure
WO2022120305A1 (en) * 2020-12-02 2022-06-09 Qualcomm Incorporated Half-duplex-aware resource selection in sidelink
US11864172B2 (en) 2020-12-02 2024-01-02 Qualcomm Incorporated Half-duplex-aware resource selection in sidelink
US11678325B2 (en) 2020-12-02 2023-06-13 Qualcomm Incorporated Techniques for sidelink resource selection
CN112235765A (en) * 2020-12-16 2021-01-15 北京大唐高鸿数据网络技术有限公司 Resource selection method, device and terminal
WO2022154426A1 (en) * 2021-01-13 2022-07-21 엘지전자 주식회사 Method and device for performing burst transmission in nr v2x
WO2022154452A1 (en) * 2021-01-13 2022-07-21 엘지전자 주식회사 Method and device for performing sl communication on basis of aggregated resources in nr v2x
WO2022151483A1 (en) * 2021-01-18 2022-07-21 Mediatek Inc. Resource allocation enhancement with early resource reselection
US12114317B2 (en) * 2021-01-26 2024-10-08 Qualcomm Incorporated Sidelink channel state information (CSI) reporting from a user equipment
US11696326B2 (en) 2021-01-29 2023-07-04 Qualcomm Incorporated Strategic channel sensing
WO2022164614A1 (en) * 2021-01-29 2022-08-04 Qualcomm Incorporated Strategic channel sensing
US11553461B2 (en) * 2021-02-02 2023-01-10 Qualcomm Incorporated User equipment autonomous resource selection
US20220248374A1 (en) * 2021-02-02 2022-08-04 Qualcomm Incorporated User equipment autonomous resource selection
WO2022174201A1 (en) * 2021-02-10 2022-08-18 Qualcomm Incorporated Backward cancellation indication for sidelink transmission
US11589268B2 (en) 2021-02-10 2023-02-21 Qualcomm Incorporated Backward cancellation indication for sidelink transmission
WO2022183930A1 (en) * 2021-03-01 2022-09-09 华为技术有限公司 Method and apparatus for determining transmission resource, and device
WO2022186623A1 (en) * 2021-03-03 2022-09-09 엘지전자 주식회사 Sidelink transmitting and receiving method in wireless communication system, and apparatus therefor
US11838893B2 (en) * 2021-03-03 2023-12-05 Qualcomm Incorporated Resource selection and reservation for cooperative relay in sidelink networks
US20220287005A1 (en) * 2021-03-03 2022-09-08 Qualcomm Incorporated Resource selection and reservation for cooperative relay in sidelink networks
WO2022191961A1 (en) * 2021-03-12 2022-09-15 Qualcomm Incorporated Techniques for sidelink resource reservation
US11917582B2 (en) 2021-04-15 2024-02-27 Qualcomm Incorporated Sidelink coverage extension using repeated transmission
WO2022220984A1 (en) * 2021-04-15 2022-10-20 Qualcomm Incorporated Sidelink coverage extension using repeated transmission
US11671981B2 (en) * 2021-04-19 2023-06-06 Qualcomm Incorporated Multi-TTI selective grant for sidelink communication in unlicensed spectrum
US20220338175A1 (en) * 2021-04-19 2022-10-20 Qualcomm Incorporated Multi-tti selective grant for sidelink communication in unlicensed spectrum
WO2022240072A1 (en) * 2021-05-08 2022-11-17 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. A method for determining sidelink resource
US11683800B2 (en) * 2021-05-14 2023-06-20 Qualcomm Incorporated Transmitter multiplexing in multi-opportunity sidelink grant
US20220369344A1 (en) * 2021-05-14 2022-11-17 Qualcomm Incorporated Transmitter multiplexing in multi-opportunity sidelink grant
WO2022258047A1 (en) * 2021-06-11 2022-12-15 维沃移动通信有限公司 Method and device for determining resource on shared frequency band
WO2022258042A1 (en) * 2021-06-11 2022-12-15 维沃移动通信有限公司 Resource recommendation method and apparatus, and transmission resource determination method and apparatus
WO2022267592A1 (en) * 2021-06-21 2022-12-29 华为技术有限公司 Data sending method, data receiving method, and device
US20230022077A1 (en) * 2021-07-21 2023-01-26 Qualcomm Incorporated Multi-transmitter scheduling using slot-based and sub-slot based physical sidelink shared channels
US11889555B2 (en) * 2021-07-21 2024-01-30 Qualcomm Incorporated Multi-transmitter scheduling using slot-based and sub-slot based physical sidelink shared channels
US20240205974A1 (en) * 2021-07-21 2024-06-20 Qualcomm Incorporated Multi-transmitter scheduling using slot-based and sub-slot based physical sidelink shared channels
WO2023015076A1 (en) * 2021-08-02 2023-02-09 Qualcomm Incorporated Transmitting receiving beam schedules to sidelink user equipments
US11647500B2 (en) 2021-08-02 2023-05-09 Qualcomm Incorporated Transmitting beam schedules to and receiving beam schedules from sidelink user equipments
WO2023011421A1 (en) * 2021-08-05 2023-02-09 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and apparatus
US20230051721A1 (en) * 2021-08-11 2023-02-16 Qualcomm Incorporated Short reference signals for sidelink communication
CN115706957A (en) * 2021-08-13 2023-02-17 华硕电脑股份有限公司 Method and apparatus for listen-before-talk for sidelink transmissions in a wireless communication system
US12127167B2 (en) * 2021-08-27 2024-10-22 Qualcomm Incorporated Bi-directional sidelink resource selection with bi-directional resource allocation indication
WO2023025125A1 (en) * 2021-08-27 2023-03-02 维沃移动通信有限公司 Resource selection method and apparatus, and terminal
US20230064256A1 (en) * 2021-08-27 2023-03-02 Qualcomm Incorporated Bi-directional sidelink resource selection with bi-directional resource allocation indication
US20230068844A1 (en) * 2021-08-27 2023-03-02 Qualcomm Incorporated Channel aware tone reservation for sidelink communications
WO2023036071A1 (en) * 2021-09-09 2023-03-16 展讯通信(上海)有限公司 Resource selection method and apparatus, and user equipment
WO2023036332A1 (en) * 2021-09-13 2023-03-16 维沃移动通信有限公司 Resource reservation method and apparatus, and terminal
US11997677B2 (en) 2021-10-08 2024-05-28 Qualcomm Incorporated Techniques for sidelink joint channel sensing and resource selection
WO2023059421A1 (en) * 2021-10-08 2023-04-13 Qualcomm Incorporated Techniques for sidelink joint channel sensing and resource selection
US20230247570A1 (en) * 2022-01-31 2023-08-03 Qualcomm Incorporated Aperiodic tracking reference signals for sidelink communications
WO2023173328A1 (en) * 2022-03-16 2023-09-21 Nec Corporation Method, device and computer readable medium for communications
WO2023201484A1 (en) * 2022-04-18 2023-10-26 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Auxiliary resource set-based communication method and apparatus, and storage medium
WO2023206201A1 (en) * 2022-04-28 2023-11-02 Lenovo (Beijing) Limited A method of resource selection on unlicensed band
WO2024036010A1 (en) * 2022-08-12 2024-02-15 Qualcomm Incorporated Techniques for enhancing time division multiplexing and frequency division multiplexing operation for sidelink- unlicensed communications

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP3818758A4 (en) 2021-09-22
US12089247B2 (en) 2024-09-10
US20210307023A1 (en) 2021-09-30
KR20210024197A (en) 2021-03-04
WO2020017939A1 (en) 2020-01-23
EP3818758A1 (en) 2021-05-12

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US12089247B2 (en) Method and apparatus for NR V2X resource selection
US11764909B2 (en) Method and apparatus for configuration of resource sensing in NR V2X resource allocation
US11765693B2 (en) Method and apparatus for NR V2X sidelink HARQ procedure
US11382083B2 (en) Method and apparatus for high reliability transmission in vehicle to everything (V2X) communication
US11025374B2 (en) Methods and apparatus for resource allocation and feedback in vehicle to vehicle communication
US11689905B2 (en) Method and apparatus for transmission of control and data in vehicle to vehicle communication
US11849405B2 (en) Method and apparatus for multi-antenna transmission in vehicle to vehicle communication
US11496246B2 (en) HARQ operation and power control in sidelink
US12028834B2 (en) Resource configuration and selection for device-to-device links
US20200037343A1 (en) Method and apparatus for network controlled resource allocation in nr v2x
CN113169830B (en) Method and apparatus for configuring resource sensing in NR V2X resource allocation
KR20220054109A (en) Method and apparatus for selecting resource in wireless communication system
US20240172190A1 (en) Sidelink feedback for multiple transmit receive points
US20230180278A1 (en) Techniques for modifying channel state information

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: SAMSUNG ELECTRONICS CO., LTD, KOREA, REPUBLIC OF

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:HE, CHAO;PAPASAKELLARIOU, ARIS;GUO, LI;SIGNING DATES FROM 20190716 TO 20190717;REEL/FRAME:049783/0133

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NOTICE OF ALLOWANCE MAILED -- APPLICATION RECEIVED IN OFFICE OF PUBLICATIONS

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO PAY ISSUE FEE